Wiring Digram

ENGINE
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC
E
CONTENTS
QR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .................................... 37 F
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ................................37
SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 12 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................41
Fail-Safe Chart ........................................................42 G
INDEX FOR DTC ................................................12 Symptom Matrix Chart .............................................43
DTC No. Index ........................................................ 12 Engine Control Component Parts Location .............47
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................14 Vacuum Hose Drawing ............................................53 H
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Circuit Diagram ........................................................54
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..............56
SIONER" ................................................................. 14 ECM Terminal and Reference Value .......................56
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ...........................62 I
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine ........ 14
Precaution ............................................................... 14 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ........................................................................69
PREPARATION ..................................................18 J
Special Service Tool ............................................... 18
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 18 VALUE ............................................................... 73
Description ...............................................................73
K
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................20 Testing Condition .....................................................73
System Diagram ...................................................... 20 Inspection Procedure ...............................................73
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................74
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ......21 L
Introduction ............................................................. 21 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
Two Trip Detection Logic ........................................ 21 INCIDENT .......................................................... 81
Emission-related Diagnostic Information ................. 21 Description ...............................................................81 M
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ................23
Description .............................................................. 23 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 82
Component Inspection ............................................ 25 Wiring Diagram ........................................................82 N
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ..........27 Ground Inspection ...................................................87
Description .............................................................. 27
O
Component Inspection ............................................ 27 DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION
LINE ................................................................... 88
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ........................29 Description ...............................................................88
Basic Inspection ...................................................... 29 On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................88 P
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................... 32 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................88
Procedure After Replacing ECM ............................. 33 Wiring Diagram ........................................................89
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ....... 33
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ................. 33 DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION ............... 90
Idle Air Volume Learning ......................................... 33 Description ...............................................................90
Fuel Pressure Check ............................................... 35 On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................90
Revision: 2009 March EC-1 D40

DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 90 DTC P0327, P0328 KS ..................................... 114
Component Description ........................................ 114
DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ............................... 91 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 114
Description .............................................................. 91 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 114
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 91 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 115
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 92
Overall Function Check .......................................... 92 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .................... 116
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 94 Component Description ........................................ 116
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 116
DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 116
VALVE ............................................................... 95 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 117
Component Description .......................................... 95
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 95 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .............. 118
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 95 Component Description ........................................ 118
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 96 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 118
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 118
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................... 97 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 119
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 97 DTC P0500 VSS ............................................... 120
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 97 Description ............................................................ 120
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 98 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 120
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .................... 99 Overall Function Check ......................................... 120
On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 99 DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR ............................... 122
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 99 Component Description ........................................ 122
Wiring Diagram ......................................................100 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 122
DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR .................... 101 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 123
Component Description .........................................101
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................101 DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ................ 124
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................101 Component Description ........................................ 124
DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 103 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 125
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................103 DTC P0605 ECM .............................................. 126
Overall Function Check .........................................104 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 126
Wiring Diagram ......................................................105 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 126
DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 106 DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ......... 128
Component Description .........................................106 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 128
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................106 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 128
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................106 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 129
Overall Function Check .........................................107
Wiring Diagram ......................................................108 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH ................................ 130
DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 109 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 130
Component Description .........................................109 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 130
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................109 Overall Function Check ......................................... 130
Overall Function Check .........................................110
Wiring Diagram ......................................................111 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.. 133
System Description ............................................... 133
DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .................... 112 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 134
Component Description .........................................112 Overall Function Check ......................................... 134
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................112 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 136
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................112 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ........................... 138
Wiring Diagram ......................................................113
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR .................................. 139

Component Description ......................................... 139 Component Description ......................................... 157
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 139 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 157 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 139 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 157
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ................................. 140 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ................. 159
Component Description ......................................... 140 Component Description ......................................... 159 EC
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 140 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 159
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 160 C
DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ......... 141
Component Description ......................................... 141 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ................. 161
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 141 Component Description ......................................... 161
D
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 141 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 161
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 142 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 161
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 162
DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ............... 143 E
Component Description ......................................... 143 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ................................ 163
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 143 Component Description ......................................... 163
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 143 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 163 F
Overall Function Check ......................................... 144 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 163
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 145 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 164
DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN- DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ............................. 165 G
SOR .................................................................. 147 Component Description ......................................... 165
Component Description ......................................... 147 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 165
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 147 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 165 H
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 147 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 166
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TUR- DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................... 167
BINE REVOLUTION SENSOR) ....................... 148 Component Description ......................................... 167 I
Description ............................................................ 148 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 167
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 148 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 167
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 169 J
DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .......................... 149
Description ............................................................ 149 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ................................ 170
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 149 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 170
K
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 150
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 171
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 171
DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL L
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 172
MOTOR RELAY ............................................... 151
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 172
Component Description ......................................... 151
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 151 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................ 173 M
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 151 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 152 Mode ...................................................................... 173
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173 N
DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON-
TROL FUNCTION ............................................. 153 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CON-
Description ............................................................ 153 TROL SOLENOID VALVE .............................. 175
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 153 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 175 O
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 154 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE . 176
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 176 P
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .. 155
Component Description ......................................... 155 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SEN-
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 155 SOR ................................................................. 177
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 156
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 178
DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CON- Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 178
TROL ACTUATOR ........................................... 157

FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 179 Fuel Filter .............................................................. 204
Wiring Diagram ......................................................179 Procedure After Replacing ECM ........................... 204
Injector Adjustment Value Registration ................. 204
HO2S2 .............................................................. 180 Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing ..................... 205
Wiring Diagram ......................................................180
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 207
HO2S2 HEATER .............................................. 181 DTC Detection Logic ............................................. 207
Wiring Diagram ......................................................181 Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ............................ 207
Freeze Frame Data ............................................... 207
IAT SENSOR ................................................... 182 Relationship Between MIL, DTC, CONSULT-III
Wiring Diagram ......................................................182 and Driving Patterns ............................................. 208
IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 183 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .................................... 210
Wiring Diagram ......................................................183 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 210
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 186 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 213
Wiring Diagram ......................................................186 Basic Inspection .................................................... 214
Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 218
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR .............. 187 Engine Control Component Parts Location ........... 221
Wiring Diagram ......................................................187 Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 225
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 227
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 227
(SDS) ................................................................ 189 CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ......................... 233
Fuel Pressure ........................................................189 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ..............................189 Mode ..................................................................... 239
Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................189
Intake Air Temperature Sensor .............................189 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ....................189 INCIDENT ......................................................... 242
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater ..............................189 Description ............................................................ 242
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater ...........................189 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242
Throttle Control Motor ............................................189
Fuel Injector ...........................................................190 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 243
Fuel Pump .............................................................190 ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 243
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 244
YD TYPE 1
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 244
SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 191 Ground Inspection ................................................. 248
APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 191 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ..... 249
How to Check Vehicle Type ..................................191 Description ............................................................ 249
INDEX FOR DTC ............................................. 192 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 249
DTC No. Index .......................................................192 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 250
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 195 DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ........ 251
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 251
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 251
SIONER" ................................................................195
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..195 DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLE-
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and NOID VALVE .................................................... 252
A/T .........................................................................195 Description ............................................................ 252
Precaution .............................................................196 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 252
PREPARATION ............................................... 199 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 253
Special Service Tool ..............................................199
Commercial Service Tool ......................................199 DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ............................. 254
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................... 200 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 254
Schematic ..............................................................200
Vacuum Hose Drawing ..........................................201 DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP .................................. 255
Crankcase Ventilation System ...............................202 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 255
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ..................... 204

DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ............................. 256 Overall Function Check ......................................... 277
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 256 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 279 A
Overall Function Check ......................................... 256 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ............................ 281
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .............................. 258 DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
Component Description ......................................... 258 (WITHOUT ELECTRIC COOLING FAN) ........ 282 EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 258 Overall Function Check ......................................... 282
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 260 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ............................ 283 C
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .................. 261 DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR ................. 284
Component Description ......................................... 261 Description ............................................................. 284 D
E
DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR .................... 263 DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM ................................ 286
Component Description ......................................... 263 Description ............................................................. 286
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 263 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 286 F
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 263 Overall Function Check ......................................... 286
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .................. 265 DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR ...... 288 G
Description ............................................................ 265 Component Description ......................................... 288
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 265 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 288 H
DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR .................. 267 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR ............................. 290
Description ............................................................ 267 Description ............................................................. 290 I
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 268 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 291 J
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERA- DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR ............................. 292
TURE SENSOR ................................................ 269 Description ............................................................. 292
K
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 270 L
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR ............................. 294
DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR .................. 271 Description ............................................................. 294
M
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 272
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR ............................. 296 N
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR .......................... 273 Description ............................................................. 296
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 273 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 296 O
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 297
DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR ............ 274
Component Description ......................................... 274 DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY ............................. 298
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 274 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 298 P
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
(WITH ELECTRIC COOLING FAN) ................. 276 SOR ................................................................. 300

DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................300 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 318
DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR .................................................................. 301 DTC P0686 ECM RELAY ................................. 319
DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN- DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT ................... 321
SOR .................................................................. 303 Description ............................................................ 321
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................303
DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ...... 322
DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .............. 304 Description ............................................................ 322
Wiring Diagram ......................................................306
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE .................. 307 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 323
DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP .................................. 326
SWITCH ........................................................... 308 Description ............................................................ 326
Wiring Diagram ......................................................309
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP .................................. 328
DTC P0605 ECM .............................................. 310 Description ............................................................ 328
Description .............................................................310 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 328
DTC P0606 ECM .............................................. 311 DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP .................................. 330
Description .............................................................311 Description ............................................................ 330
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................311 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 330
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................311 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 330
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 331
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP .................... 312
Description .............................................................312 DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP .................................. 332
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................312 Description ............................................................ 332
Wiring Diagram ......................................................313 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 332
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 333
DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUP-
PLY .................................................................. 314 DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL-
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................314 UE ..................................................................... 334
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................314 Description ............................................................ 334
DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUP-
PLY .................................................................. 316 DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL-
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................316 UE ..................................................................... 335
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................316 Description ............................................................ 335
DTC P0668, P0669 ECM ................................. 318
Description .............................................................318 DTC P2135 APP SENSOR ............................... 336

Description ............................................................ 336 Fuel Injector ........................................................... 353
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 336 Glow Plug .............................................................. 353 A
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 336 EGR Volume Control Valve ................................... 354
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 337 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 354
YD TYPE 2 EC
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER
SUPPLY ............................................................ 338 SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 355
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 338 MODIFICATION NOTICE ................................ 355 C
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 338 Major Modification Item ......................................... 355
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 339
APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 356
D
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIR- How to Check Vehicle Type .................................. 356
CUIT .................................................................. 340
INDEX FOR DTC ............................................. 357
U1000 .................................................................... 357 E
P0016 - P0113 ....................................................... 357
P0117 - P0135 ....................................................... 357
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 341
P0182 - P0217 ....................................................... 358 F
DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR ............... 342 P0222 - P0380 ....................................................... 358
Description ............................................................ 342 P0403 - P0438 ....................................................... 358
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 342 P0471 - P0581 ....................................................... 359
P0605 - P0686 ....................................................... 359 G
P0700 - P0745 ....................................................... 360
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ............................ 343 P1211 - P1473 ....................................................... 360
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 343 P1610 - P1616 ....................................................... 361 H
P1622 - P1757 ....................................................... 361
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM ............... 344 P1762 - P2135 ....................................................... 362
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 344 P2146 - P2622 ....................................................... 362 I
TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .... 345 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 363
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 345 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- J
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL
SIONER" ............................................................... 363
SOLENOID VALVE .......................................... 346
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 363
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 346
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and K
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 347 A/T ......................................................................... 363
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 347 Precaution ............................................................. 364
PREPARATION ............................................... 367 L

BRAKE SWITCH .............................................. 348
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 348 Special Service Tool .............................................. 367
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 367
PNP SWITCH ................................................... 349 M
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 349 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................ 368
Schematic .............................................................. 368
START SIGNAL ............................................... 350 Crankcase Ventilation System ............................... 369
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 350 N
BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ..................... 371
ASCD INDICATOR ........................................... 351 Fuel Filter ............................................................... 371
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 351 Procedure After Replacing ECM ........................... 371 O
Injector Adjustment Value Registration ................. 372
MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR .............. 352 Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing ...................... 373
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 352 EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position
P
Learning Value Clear ............................................. 373
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position
(SDS) ................................................................ 353 Learning ................................................................. 373
General Specification ............................................ 353
A/F Sensor Learning Value Clear .......................... 373
Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 353
DPF Data Clear ..................................................... 374
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 353
Service Regeneration ............................................ 374
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 353
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor .................................... 353 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .. 376

Introduction ............................................................376 Component Description ........................................ 438
Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detec- On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 438
tion Logic ...............................................................376 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 438
Emission-Related Diagnostic Information ..............376 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 439
OBD System Operation Chart ...............................381
DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .................. 440
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 384 Component Description ........................................ 440
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ..............................384 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 440
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................387 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 440
Fail-Safe Chart ......................................................388 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 441
Basic Inspection ....................................................388
Symptom Matrix Chart ...........................................392 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR .................... 442
Engine Control Component Parts Location ...........397 Component Description ........................................ 442
Circuit Diagram ......................................................402 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 442
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............404 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 442
ECM Terminal and Reference Value .....................404 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 443
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) .........................412
DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ................... 444
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function .......................418
Description ............................................................ 444
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode ......................................................................419
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 445
INCIDENT ........................................................ 423 DTC P0122, P0123 APP SENSOR .................. 446
Description .............................................................423
Description ............................................................ 446
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................423
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 424 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 446
Wiring Diagram ......................................................424 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 447
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................424 DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 448
Ground Inspection .................................................428
DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .... 430 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 448
Description .............................................................430 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 448
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................430 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 449
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................430 DTC P0131, P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ................. 450
Wiring Diagram ......................................................431
DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION ....... 432 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 450
DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLE- DTC P0134 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 452
NOID VALVE ................................................... 433 Component Description ........................................ 452
Description .............................................................433
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................433
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 453
Wiring Diagram ......................................................434 DTC P0135 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER .............. 454
DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM ............................ 435 Description ............................................................ 454
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 455
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP ................................. 436
DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERA-
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................436 TURE SENSOR ................................................ 456
Description ............................................................ 456
DTC P0093 FUEL SYSTEM ............................ 437 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 456
Overall Function Check .........................................437 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 457
DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .............................. 438 DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR ................... 458

On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 458 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 481 A
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 459
DTC P0341 CMP SENSOR ............................. 483
DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR .......................... 460 Description ............................................................. 483 EC
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 484 C
Component Description ......................................... 461 DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY ............................. 485
D
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE DTC P0403 EGR SYSTEM ............................. 487 E
(WITH ELECTRIC COOLING FAN) ................. 463 Description ............................................................. 487
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 464 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 488 F
Overall Function Check ......................................... 464 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 489
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 466
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ............................ 468 DTC P0405, P0406 EGR SENSOR ................. 490
Description ............................................................. 490 G
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 491
(WITHOUT ELECTRIC COOLING FAN) .......... 469 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 491
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 469 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 492 H
Overall Function Check ......................................... 469
Main 12 Causes of Overheating ............................ 470
DTC P0409 EGR SYSTEM ............................. 493
Description ............................................................. 493
DTC P0222, P0223 APP SENSOR .................. 471 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 494 I
Description ............................................................ 471 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 494
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 471 J
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 472
DTC P0427, P0428 FRONT EXHAUST GAS
TEMPERATURE SENSOR ............................. 496
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM .................................. 473 Description ............................................................. 496
K
Overall Function Check ......................................... 473 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 497
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 474 L
DTC P0437, P0438 REAR EXHAUST GAS
DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR ....... 475 TEMPERATURE SENSOR ............................. 498
Component Description ......................................... 475 Description ............................................................. 498 M
N
DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR .............................. 477 DTC P0471 DIFFERENTIAL EXHAUST
Description ............................................................ 477 PRESSURE SENSOR ..................................... 500
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 477 Component Description ......................................... 500 O
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 477 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 500
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 478 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 500
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 501
DTC P0336 CKP SENSOR .............................. 479 P
Description ............................................................ 479 DTC P0472, P0473 DIFFERENTIAL EX-
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 479 HAUST PRESSURE SENSOR ....................... 502
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 479 Description ............................................................. 502
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 480 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 502
DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR .............................. 481 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 503
Description ............................................................ 481

DTC P0478 DIFFERENTIAL EXHAUST Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 520
PRESSURE SENSOR ..................................... 504
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................504 TROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION ........................ 521
DTC P0488 EGR SYSTEM .............................. 505 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 521
Description .............................................................505
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................506 DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUP-
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................506 PLY ................................................................... 522
DTC P0501 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN- Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 523
SOR .................................................................. 508
Component Description .........................................508 DTC P0652, P0653 SENSOR POWER SUP-
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................508 PLY ................................................................... 524
DTC P0502 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN- Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 525
SOR .................................................................. 509
Component Description .........................................509 DTC P0668, P0669 ECM .................................. 526
On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................509 Description ............................................................ 526
DTC P0503 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SEN-
SOR .................................................................. 510 DTC P0686 ECM RELAY ................................. 527
DTC P0504 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .............. 511 DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT ................... 529
Component Description .........................................511 Description ............................................................ 529
Wiring Diagram ......................................................513 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ...... 530
DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE .................. 514 Description ............................................................ 530
DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING DTC P1268 - P1271 FUEL INJECTOR ............ 531
SWITCH ........................................................... 515
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 532
Wiring Diagram ......................................................516 DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP .................................. 533
Description ............................................................ 533
DTC P0605 ECM .............................................. 517
Description .............................................................517
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 534
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP .................................. 535
DTC P0606 ECM .............................................. 518
Description ............................................................ 535
Description .............................................................518
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 536
DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP .................... 519
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP .................................. 537
Description .............................................................519
Description ............................................................ 537

DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 537 Component Description ......................................... 554
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 538 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 554 A
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP ................................. 539 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 555
Description ............................................................ 539
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 539 DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR .............. 556 EC
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 539 Description ............................................................. 556
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 540 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 556
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 556 C
DTC P1472, P1473 ENGINE ROOM AIR TEM-
PERATURE SENSOR ...................................... 541 DTC P2297 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................ 557
D
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 542
DTC P2621, P2622 TP SENSOR .................... 558 E
DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL- Description ............................................................. 558
UE ..................................................................... 543 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 558
Description ............................................................ 543 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 558 F
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM ........................... 560
DTC P1623 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VAL- Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 560 G
UE ..................................................................... 544
TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ... 561
Description ............................................................ 544
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 561
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 544 H
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 544 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 562
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 562
DTC P2002 DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE
I
FILTER) ............................................................ 545 BRAKE SWITCH ............................................. 563
Component Description ......................................... 545 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 563
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 545 PNP SWITCH .................................................. 564 J
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 564
DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .. 547
Component Description ......................................... 547 START SIGNAL .............................................. 565 K
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 548 ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 566
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 566 L
TROL ACTUATOR ........................................... 549 DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER) ......... 567
Description ............................................................. 567
Component Description ......................................... 549 M
Component Inspection ........................................... 569
Removal and Installation ....................................... 569
DTC P2135 APP SENSOR ............................... 550 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ............. 570 N
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 570
Description ............................................................ 550
On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 550 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 550 (SDS) ............................................................... 571 O
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 551
General Specification ............................................ 571
DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER Mass Air Flow Sensor ............................................ 571
Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 571 P
SUPPLY ............................................................ 552
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 571
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor ..................................... 571
Fuel Injector ........................................................... 571
Glow Plug .............................................................. 571
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 553
Fuel Pump ............................................................. 572
DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIR- Throttle Control Motor ............................................ 572
CUIT .................................................................. 554

INDEX FOR DTC
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [QR]
SERVICE INFORMATION
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000003249076
DTC*1 Items MIL lighting

Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen terms) up
CONSULT-III ECM*2
U1000 1000*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 — EC-88

U1010 1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) 2 — EC-90
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 — — —
FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 2 — EC-91
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 2 × EC-95
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 1 × EC-97
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 1 × EC-97
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-99
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-99
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-101
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-101
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 × EC-103
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 × EC-106
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 × EC-109
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-112
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-112
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-114
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 2 — EC-114
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-116
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 2 × EC-118
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC 2 × EC-120
P0550 0550 PW ST P SEN/CIRC 2 — EC-122
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-124
P0605 0605 ECM 1 or 2 × or — EC-126
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC 1 × EC-128
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT 2 × EC-130
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-134
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 2 — EC-139
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 2 — EC-140
P1564 1564 ASCD SW 1 — EC-141
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW 1 — EC-143
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN 1 — EC-147
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE 2 — BL-4
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMMU-ECM 2 — BL-4
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU 2 — BL-4
P1614 1613 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY 2 — BL-4

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1 Items MIL lighting

Trip Reference page A
CONSULT-III 2 (CONSULT-III screen terms) up
ECM*
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY 2 — BL-4
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED 2 — EC-148 EC
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 1 × EC-149
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 1 × EC-151
C
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 1 × EC-153
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR 1 × EC-151
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 1 × EC-155 D
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 1 × EC-157
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-159
E
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC 1 × EC-159
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-161
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC 1 × EC-161 F
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 1 × EC-163
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR 1 × EC-165
P2A00 2A00 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) 2 — EC-167 G
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
H
*3: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005186994
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SUPPLEMENTAL
RESTRAINT SYSTEM” and “SEAT BELTS” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine INFOID:0000000003332209
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-53, "Description".
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with
a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM before
returning the vehicle to the customer.
Precaution INFOID:0000000003332210
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect negative battery cable.
SEF289H

PRECAUTIONS
• Do not disassemble ECM.
• If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the A
initial ECM values.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values. So,
the engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However,
EC
this is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts
because of a slight variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related
diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. C
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
PBIB1164E
- Freeze frame data D
- 1st trip freeze frame data
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely

E
with a lever as far as it will go as shown in the figure.
PBIB1512E
H
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or
I
break).
Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin
terminal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors. J
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs. K
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
PBIB0090E
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
of ICs, etc. L
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Refer-
ence Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions prop- M
erly. Refer to EC-56, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor.
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. N
• Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents. O
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D

PRECAUTIONS
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function
Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
SAT652J
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow

the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
• Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.
SEF348N
• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
BBIA0529E

PRECAUTIONS
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting.
• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar- A
ily.
• Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
EC
SEF709Y
D
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location. E
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls. F
Do not let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
radio can be kept smaller. G
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000003332211
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17550000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester
Break-out box
ZZA1194D
EG17680000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

Y-cable adapter
PBIA9379J
Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000003332212
Tool name Description

Quick connector re- Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine
lease room
PBIC0198E
Fuel filler cap adapter Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
pressure
S-NT653
Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-

ture sensor
S-NT705

PREPARATION
A
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco- EC
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
C
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
D
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)
E
S-NT779

System Diagram INFOID:0000000003249077
JMBIA1359GB

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
Introduction INFOID:0000000003249079
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua- EC
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information

C
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)
Freeze Frame data
1st trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st trip DTC) D
1st trip Freeze Frame data
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable E
1st trip Freeze Frame

DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data
data
F
CONSULT-III × × × ×
ECM × ×* — —
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other. G
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-42,
"Fail-Safe Chart".)
H
Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000003249080
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the I
ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd
trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed J
during vehicle operation. When the ECM enters fail-safe mode (Refer to EC-42, "Fail-Safe Chart".), the DTC is
stored in the ECM memory even in the 1st trip.
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is K
trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of the ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has
trouble and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the L
driver to repair the trouble.
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut M
Emission-related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000003249081
N
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed. O
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the P
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For fail-safe items, DTC is stored in the ECM memory
even in the 1st trip.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase
Emission-related Diagnostic Information”.

When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze
Frame data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-37, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction".
Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the
malfunction is duplicated, the item requires repair.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods.
With CONSULT-III
CONSULT-III displays the DTC in “Self Diagnostic Result” mode. Examples: P0117, P0340, etc.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
Without CONSULT-III
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0340, etc.
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal.
CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if avail-
able) is recommended.
Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, engine coolant temperature, short term
fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at
the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, is called 1st trip freeze frame data. The
data, stored together with the DTC data, is called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is
detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL ON) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip
freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM.
If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and another freeze frame data occurs later, the first (origi-
nal) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-
RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION” below.
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC
WITH CONSULT-III
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSUILT-III.
2. Select “SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once.
Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results).
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.

EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000005166783
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC
G
PBIB3039E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. H
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the I
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and J
idling.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING
K

PBIB2654E

EC
BBIA0594E
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses. P
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005166784
EVAP CANISTER

Check EVAP canister as follows:
1. Block port B.
2. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port C.
3. Release blocked port B.
4. Apply vacuum pressure to port B and check that vacuum pres-
sure exists at the ports A and C.
5. Block port A and B.
6. Apply pressure to port C and check that there is no leakage.
BBIA0639E
FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP)
1. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF445Y
2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa

(0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 -
2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.4 kPa
(−0.060 to −0.034 bar, −0.061 to −0.035 kg/
cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi)
3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly. SEF943S
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may
come on.
EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-175, "Wiring Diagram".

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
G
PBIB0492E
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. H

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the
PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of venti-
I
lating air. The ventilating air is drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes
through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover.
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. J
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi- K
tions.
M
PBIB1588E

N
PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE
With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through O
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is
placed over valve inlet.
P
PBIB1589E

PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE
1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks.
2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
S-ET277

BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE
A
Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000003332213
1.INSPECTION START EC
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following: C
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
D
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. E
- Headlamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF. F
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. G
I
SEF976U
J
5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no
load.
6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed.
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 2.
L
M
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary. N
>> GO TO 3.
O
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about P
1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
M/T models: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

A/T models: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-33, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning".
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-33, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-33, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit.
Refer to EC-116, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs.
Refer to “ECM Re-communicating Function”.
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.

2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
A
M/T models: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T models: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
EC
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> GO TO 11.
C
BBIA0633E
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D
1. Stop engine.
E
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
Perform EC-33, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
G
>> GO TO 13.
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-33, "Idle Air Volume Learning". H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 14. I
No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
2. GO TO 4.
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN J

K
L
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15.
NG >> GO TO 17. M
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light. N
M/T models: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)

A/T models: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) O
OK or NG
P
NG >> GO TO 16.
BBIA0633E
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-36, "Removal and Installation".

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 18.
NG >> 1. Repair or replace.
2. GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but
this is a rare case.)
Refer to “ECM Re-communicating Function”
>> GO TO 4.
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check INFOID:0000000005166825
IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
Without CONSULT-III
Check the idle speed by installing the pulse type tachometer clamp on the loop wire or on suitable high-tension
wire which installed between NO.1 ignition coil and NO.1 spark plug.
IGNITION TIMING
1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown.
BBIA0644E
2. Check ignition timing.
BBIA0633E

Procedure After Replacing ECM INFOID:0000000003332215
A
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.
Refer to “ECM Re-communicating Function”. EC
3. Perform EC-33, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning".
4. Perform EC-33, "Idle Air Volume Learning". C
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning INFOID:0000000005166827
D
DESCRIPTION
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. E
OPERATION PROCEDURE
1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released. F
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. G
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning INFOID:0000000005166828
H
DESCRIPTION
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by I
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
OPERATION PROCEDURE J
1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. K
Check that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
Idle Air Volume Learning INFOID:0000000005166829
L
DESCRIPTION
Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific
M
range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
N
PREPARATION
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle) O
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch: ON
• Electric load switch: OFF P
(Air conditioner, headlamp rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- A/T models
• With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until "ATF TEMP SE 1" in "DATA MONITOR" mode of "A/T" system indi-
cates less than 0.9V.
• Without CONSULT-IIII: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.

- M/T models
• Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
5. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
6. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
7. Check that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. If “CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Volume
Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below.
8. Rev up the engine two or three times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi-
cations.
Refer to EC-29, "Basic Inspection".
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order.
6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
b. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops
blinking and turned ON.
9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON.
10. Start engine and let it idle.
11. Wait 20 seconds.
SEC897C

12. Rev up the engine two or three times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifi-
cations. Refer to EC-29, "Basic Inspection". A
ITEM SPECIFICATION
Idle speed M/T: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) EC
A/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position)
Ignition timing M/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)
C
A/T: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position)
13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried
out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCE- D
DURE below.
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows: E
1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
2. Check PCV valve operation.
3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. F
4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condi-
tion are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform EC-73, "Description".
5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the G
incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning again:
- Engine stalls.
- Erroneous idle. H
Fuel Pressure Check INFOID:0000000005166830
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. K
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
Without CONSULT-III L
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R .
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. M
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
N
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE: O
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel
pressure cannot be completely released because B16 models do not have fuel return system.
• Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick P
connector o-ring maintains seal ability.
• Use fuel pressure gauge (A) and fuel tube adapter (B) to check fuel pressure.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE".
2. Remove fuel hose using quick connector release (commercial service tool). Refer to EM-29, "Removal
and Installation".
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
• Do not remove fuel hose (1) from quick connector.

• Keep fuel hose connections clean.
3. Install fuel tube adapter [SST: (KV10118400)] (B) and fuel pres-
sure gauge (A) as shown in figure.
• Do not distort or bend fuel rail tube when installing fuel tube
adapter.
• When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality.
4. Turn ignition switch ON (reactivate fuel pump), and check for
fuel leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge.
• During fuel pressure check, check for fuel leakage from fuel BBIA0934E
connection every 3 minutes.
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

7. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
8. Check the following.
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace.
9. Before disconnecting fuel pressure gauge and fuel tube adapter [SST: (KV10118400)] release fuel pres-
sure to zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE"

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000003332229
INTRODUCTION EC
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel con-
trol, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts
input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essen- C
tial that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the
same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vac-
uum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine.
D
E
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermit- F

tently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are
caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case,
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace- G
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
I
A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road
test with CONSULT-III or a circuit tester connected should be per- J
formed. Follow the Work Flow below.
Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus- K
tomer can supply good information about such incidents, especially
intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under
what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example
on “Worksheet Sample” should be used. L
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first.
This will help troubleshoot driveability malfunctions on an electroni-
SEF234G
cally controlled engine vehicle. M
WORK FLOW

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Overall Sequence
PBIB3637E
Detailed Flow
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET”.
>> GO TO 2.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2.CHECK DTC*1 A
1. Check DTC*1.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC*1 is displayed.
- Record DTC*1 and freeze frame data*2. (Print them out with CONSULT-III.) EC
1
- Erase DTC* . (Refer to “How to Erase DTC” in EC-21, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC*1 and the symptom described by the cus-
tomer. (Symptom Matrix Chart is useful. Refer to EC-43, "Symptom Matrix Chart".) C
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Is any symptom described and any DTC detected?
D
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC*1 is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC*1 is displayed>>GO TO 5. E
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
DIAGNOSIS WORKSHEET is useful to verify the incident. F
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check diagnosis results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
G
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
H
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
DIAGNOSIS WORKSHEET is useful to verify the incident.
Connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check diagnosis results.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. I
>> GO TO 6.
J
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the displayed DTC*1, and then make sure that DTC*1 is detected
again. K
If two or more DTCs*1 are detected, refer to EC-41, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE: L
• Freeze frame data*2 is useful if the DTC*1 is not detected.
• Perform Overall Function Check if DTC Confirmation Procedure is not included on Service Manual. This
simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC*1 cannot be detected during this check. M
If the result of Overall Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC*1 by DTC Confirmation
Procedure.
Is DTC*1 detected? N
Yes >> GO TO 10.
No >> Check according to EC-81, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION O
Perform EC-29, "Basic Inspection".

P
With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7.
Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT-III
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL” and “A/F ALPHA-B1” are within the SP value using
“SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-73, "Inspection Procedure".

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Are they within the SP value?
Yes >> GO TO 9.
No >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-43, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom
in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptom.
>> GO TO 10.
Inspect the system.
Is malfunctioning part detected?
Yes >> GO TO 11.
No >> Monitor input data from related sensors using CONSULT-III (Refer to EC-69, "CONSULT-III Refer-
ence Value in Data Monitor Mode".), or check voltage of related ECM terminals (Refer to EC-56,
"ECM Terminal and Reference Value".).
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors after repair and replacement.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to “How to Erase DTC” in EC-21, "Emission-related Diag-
nostic Information".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then make sure that the malfunction have been repaired securely.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
OK or NG
NG (DTC*1 is detected)>>GO TO 10.
NG (Symptom remains)>>GO TO 6.
OK >> 1. Before returning the vehicle to the customer, make sure to erase unnecessary DTC*1 in ECM
(Refer to “How to Erase DTC” in EC-21, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information").
2. INSPECTION END
*1: Include 1st trip DTC.
*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET
Description

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou- A
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
EC
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the Worksheet Sample below in
order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
C
SEF907L
D
Worksheet Sample
MTBL0017
P
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000003249083
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Priority Detected items (DTC)

1 • U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
• U1010 CAN communication
• P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
• P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
• P0327 P0328 Knock sensor
• P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
• P0605 ECM
• P0643 Sensor power supply
• P0850 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
• P1610-P1615 NATS
• P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
2 • P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P0130 P0131 P0132 P2A00 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
• P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
• P0603 ECM power supply
• P1805 Brake switch
• P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
• P2101 Electric throttle control function
• P2118 Throttle control motor
3 • P0011 Intake valve timing control
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
• P1564 ASCD steering switch
• P1572 ASCD brake switch
• P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
• P1715 Primary speed sensor
• P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
Fail-Safe Chart INFOID:0000000003249084
When the DTC listed bellow is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0103
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0221 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0222 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
P2103 opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
function opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed
opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle
position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. EC
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
C
(ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the
engine stalls.
The engine can restart in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not D
exceed 1,000 rpm or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. E
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.
F
When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM can not warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is
trouble on engine control system. Therefore, when Electrical controlled throttle and part of the ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5-trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system has
trouble and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. G
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the
driver to repair the trouble.
H
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut
Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000003249086

I
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
SYMPTOM
J
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
L
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
M
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA O

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
P
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Air Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 1 2
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1 2 2
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 3 2 2 2 2
Knock sensor circuit 2 2 3
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 2 2
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 3 3 4
Electrical load signal circuit 3 3 3 3
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next table)
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM A

EC



C
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock G
5
Valve deposit
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
H
Low octane)
Air Air duct
Air cleaner I
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor —electric throt-
5 5 5 5 5 5
tle control actuator)
5 5 5 5 J
Electric throttle control actuator
Air leakage from intake manifold/Col-
lector/Gasket
K
Cranking Battery
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Alternator circuit
Starter circuit 3 L
Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate 6
PNP signal circuit 4
M
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block N
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 O
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft P
Valve Timing chain
mechanism
Camshaft
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Intake valve
3
Exhaust valve

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/Gas-
ket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Three way catalyst
Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/
Oil gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil
Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
Thermostat 5
Water pump
Water gallery 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 5
Cooling fan 5
Coolant level (low)/Contaminated
coolant
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1 1

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Engine Control Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003249087
EC
JMBIA1083ZZ
L
1. IPDM E/R 2. ECM 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor
4. Power steering pressure sensor 5. Knock sensor 6. Cooling fan motor
7. Mass air flow sensor 8. Intake valve timing control solenoid 9. Electric throttle control actuator M
(with built in intake air temperature valve (with built in throttle position sensor,
sensor) throttle control motor)
10. EVAP service port 11. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 12. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve N
13. Ignition coils 14. Engine coolant temperature sensor, 15. Fuel injectors
(with power transistors and spark Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
plugs) O
16. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMBIA1103ZZ
1. No. 1 ignition coil 2. IPDM E/R 3. Fuel pump fuse (15A)

(with power transistor) (View with IPDM E/R cover re- (View with IPDM E/R cover re-
moved) moved)
4. Brake booster 5. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 6. Heated oxygen sensor 2
(View from under the vehicle)
7. ECM harness connector 8. Brake pedal 9. Data link connector
(View with ECM cover removed)
10. Heated oxygen sensor 2 11. Heated oxygen sensor 2 harness 12. Mass air flow sensor
(View from under the vehicle) connector (with built in intake air temperature
(View from under the vehicle) sensor)
13. Intake valve timing control solenoid
valve
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
BBIA0638E
BBIA0610E
I

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMBIA1086ZZ
1. Air cleaner resonator 2. Body ground 3. Body ground

4. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 5. Engine coolant temperature sensor 6. Electric throttle control actuator har-
(View of removed engine) (View of removed engine) ness connector
7. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness 8. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 9. Knock sensor
connector (View with air cleaner case removed)
10. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 11. EVAP canister purge volume control 12. EVAP service port
solenoid valve
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
JMBIA1085ZZ
1. EVAP control system pressure sen- 2. EVAP canister vent control valve 3. EVAP canister M
sor
4. Intake manifold collector 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. ASCD brake switch
(View with air cleaner case removed) (View with lower instrument panel re-
N
moved)
7. Stop lamp switch 8. Brake pedal 9. Electric throttle control actuator
(View with lower instrument panel re- (View with lower instrument panel re- (View with intake air duct removed)
moved) moved) O
10. Throttle valve 11. ASCD steering switch 12. CANSEL switch
(View with intake air duct removed)
13. MAIN switch 14. SET/COAST switch 15. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch P
16. ASCD clutch switch 17. Clutch pedal
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMBIA1105ZZ
1. Accelerator pedal position sensor 2. Accelerator pedal 3. Fuel injectors

4. Fuel pump, fuel level sensor unit and 5. Fuel pressure regulator 6. Refrigerant pressure sensor
fuel filter (View with battery removed)
7. No. 4 ignition coil 8. Condenser-1 9. Intake manifold collector
(View of removed engine) (View of removed engine) (View of removed engine)
10. Fuel pump, fuel level sensor unit and
fuel filter
(View of removed fuel tank)
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000003249078
EC
PBIB0489E
Refer to EC-20, "System Diagram" for Vacuum Control System. P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000003249088
MBWA2063E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
MBWA2064E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000003249089
PBIB3368E
ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000003249090
PREPARATION
1. ECM (1) is located in the engine room passenger side behind
reservoir tank.
JMBIA1084ZZ
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector (2).

3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with
levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
4. Connect a break-out box (SST) and Y-cable adapter (SST)
between the ECM and ECM harness connector.
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at 1 time.
• Data is for comparison and may not be exact.
PBIB1512E
ECM INSPECTION TABLE

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.
Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam-
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI- A
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage)
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
1 B ECM ground Body ground EC
• Idle speed
Approximately 5V
C
[Engine is running]
2 Y A/F sensor 1 heater • Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
D
PBIB1584E
3 V
Throttle control motor power
[Ignition switch: ON]
BATTERY VOLTAGE E
supply (11 - 14V)
0 - 14V
F
• Engine: Stopped
4 L/W Throttle control motor (Close)
• Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released G
PBIB0534E
H
0 - 14V

Throttle control motor • Engine: Stopped I
5 L/B
(Open) • Shift lever: D (A/T) or 1st (M/T)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed
J
PBIB0533E
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14V) K
• Idle speed
7 - 10V
Intake valve timing control L
11 LG
solenoid valve [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
M
PBIB1790E
[Engine is running] N
0.5 - 4.0V
Power steering pressure • Steering wheel: Being turned
12 O
sensor [Engine is running]
0.4 - 0.8V
• Steering wheel: Not being turned
O

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on
rpm at idle.
Crankshaft position sensor PBIB0527E

13 G
(POS)
Approximately 3.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0528E
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
Camshaft position sensor PBIB0525E

14 Y
(PHASE)
1.0 - 4.0V
[Engine is running]
PBIB0526E
[Engine is running]
15 W Knock sensor Approximately 2.5V
• Idle speed
16 V Approximately 3.1V
35 O [Engine is running] Approximately 2.6V
A/F sensor 1 • Warm-up condition
56 G • Idle speed Approximately 2.3V
75 GR Approximately 2.3V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V) EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
rpm at idle.
22 LG Fuel injector No. 3
23 SB Fuel injector No. 1 PBIB0529E D
41 R Fuel injector No. 4 BATTERY VOLTAGE
42 O Fuel injector No. 2
(11 - 14V)
E
[Engine is running]
F
PBIB0530E
G
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the
following conditions are met. H
- Engine: After warming up
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500
Heated oxygen sensor 2 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
25 P
heater minute under on load I
SEC981D

• Engine: Stopped BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] (11 - 14V)
J
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm
EVAP control system pres-
32 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8V
sure sensor K
Approximately 0 - 4.8V
Intake air temperature
34 BR [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
sensor
air temperature. L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
M
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
N
EVAP canister purge volume

45 R PBIB0050E
control solenoid valve
Approximately 1V
O
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than P
100 seconds after starting engine)
PBIB2652E
Sensor power supply

47 L [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
(Throttle position sensor)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Sensor power supply
48 SB (EVAP control system pres- [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sure sensor)
Sensor power supply
49 P (Refrigerant pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
50 W Throttle position sensor 1
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2V
• Idle speed
51 R Mass air flow sensor
[Engine is running]
0 - 0.1V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle.
61 L Ignition signal No. 3
PBIB0521E
62 Y Ignition signal No. 1
80 GR Ignition signal No. 4
0 - 0.2V
81 G Ignition signal No. 2
[Engine is running]
PBIB0522E
[Engine is running]
Sensor ground
66 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Throttle position sensor)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
67 B Sensor ground • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
• Idle speed
Sensor power supply
68 G (Power steering pressure [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor)
• Engine: Stopped
Less than 4.75V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully released
69 R Throttle position sensor 2
• Engine: Stopped
More than 0.36V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
NAL ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A
COLOR
NO.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition EC
70 BR Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON
(Compressor operates)
73 Y
Engine coolant temperature
[Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
C
sensor
coolant temperature.
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle up to 3,000 rpm D
quickly after the following conditions are
met.
74 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 0 - Approximately 1.0V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 E
and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
Sensor ground
[Engine is running] F
78 B • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
(Heated oxygen sensor 2)
• Idle speed
Sensor ground [Engine is running] G
82 B (Accelerator pedal position • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
sensor 1) • Idle speed
Sensor ground [Engine is running]
83 B (Accelerator pedal position • Warm-up condition Approximately 0V
H
sensor 2) • Idle speed
85 SB DATA link connector — —
I
86 P CAN communication line — —
Sensor power supply
90 L (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 1) J
Sensor power supply
91 G (Accelerator pedal position [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5V
sensor 2) K
94 L CAN communication line — —
• Engine: Stopped 0.3 - 0.45V L
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
98 GR
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 2.4V M
Approximately 4V
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
N
Approximately 0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] O
99 SB ASCD steering switch Approximately 1V
• CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approximately 3V
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed
P
Approximately 2V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed
Approximately 0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
101 LG Stop lamp switch
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14V)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMI-
WIRE
COLOR
NO.
Approximately 0V
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
102 O PNP signal
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Shift lever: Except above (11 - 14V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Ignition switch: OFF]
104 O Throttle control motor relay (11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0V
• Engine: Stopped 0.6 - 0.95V
Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
106 R
sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine: Stopped Less than 4.75V
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (A/T)
Approximately 0V
• Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal:
Slightly depressed (M/T)
108 LG ASCD brake switch
• Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Clutch pedal and brake pedal: (11 - 14V)
Fully released (M/T)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 W Ignition switch BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition
111 BR ECM relay (Self shut-off) switch OFF
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni-
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch
0 - 1.0V
ON
113 V Fuel pump relay [Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turning ignition
(11 - 14V)
switch ON
115 B [Engine is running]
ECM ground Body ground
116 B • Idle speed
EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
117 G [Ignition switch: ON]
valve (11 - 14V)
119 R BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON]
120 P (11 - 14V)
Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
121 V [Ignition switch: OFF]
(Back-up) (11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) INFOID:0000000005167697
FUNCTION

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic test mode Function A

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT-III unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data EC
Self-diagnostic results
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts C
Active test
some parameters in a specified range.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECU part number ECM part number can be read. D
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
E
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes F
• Test values
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION G

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RE-
SULTS DATA
Item WORK SUP- ACTIVE
FREEZE MONI-
PORT TEST
DTC*1 FRAME DA- TOR
TA*2
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × ×
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × ×
Mass air flow sensor × ×
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × ×
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 × ×
Vehicle speed signal × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor × ×
Throttle position sensor × × ×
Intake air temperature sensor × × ×
Knock sensor ×
INPUT
Refrigerant pressure sensor ×

Closed throttle position switch (Accelerator
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS
×
pedal position sensor signal)
Air conditioner switch ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × ×
Stop lamp switch × ×
Battery voltage ×
Load signal ×
ASCD steering switch × ×
ASCD brake switch × ×
ASCD clutch switch × ×
Power steering operation signal ×
Fuel injector × ×
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × ×
Throttle control motor relay × ×
Throttle control motor ×
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
× × ×
valve
OUTPUT
Air conditioner relay ×

Fuel pump relay × × ×
Cooling fan relay × × ×
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × ×
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve × × ×
Calculated load value × ×
X: Applicable
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-III screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-21, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
*3: Always “COMPLT” is displayed.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
WORK SUPPORT MODE
A
Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

EC
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure from
ING IDLING. fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume C
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing the coefficient of D
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- self-learning control value
FICIENT.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed E
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure. F
SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE
Self Diagnostic Item G
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-21, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
H
Freeze frame data item* Description
DIAG TROUBLE CODE • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX.
[PXXXX] (Refer to EC-12, "DTC No. Index".) I
FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One mode in the following is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
J
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. K
COOLANT TEMP
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F]
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] than short-term fuel trim.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. M
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. N
VEHICL SPEED
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH-P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. O
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°C] or [°F] P
INT MANI PRES [kPa]
• These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
COMBUST CONDITION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
×: Applicable
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks

• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the signals speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft • If the signal is interrupted while the
position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is dis- value is indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
played. • When engine is running specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse
• When engine is running specification
B/FUEL SCHDL ms width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
board correction.
A/F ALPHA-B1 % • When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correc- • When engine is running specification
A/F ALPHA-B2 % tion factor per cycle is indicated. range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• This data also includes the data for
the air/fuel ratio learning control.
• When the engine coolant temperature
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by the sensor is open or short-circuited,
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sen- ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
sor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature determined
by the ECM is displayed.
A/F SEN1 (B1) V • The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the A/
A/F SEN1 (B2) V F sensor 1 is displayed.
HO2S2 (B1) V • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is

HO2S2 (B2) V displayed.
RICH/ • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:

HO2S2 MNTR (B1)
LEAN RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
catalyst is relatively small.
RICH/ value is indicated.
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way
LEAN catalyst is relatively large.
km/h or • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed
VHCL SPEED SE
mph signal is displayed.
BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 V • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is
ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
ACCEL SEN 2 V displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
TP SEN 1-B1 V • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed. ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
TP SEN 2-B1 V ECM terminal voltage signal.
km/h or • Indicates the vehicle speed computed from the sec-
VEHICLE SPEED
mph ondary speed sensor signal.
• The intake air temperature (determined by the signal
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicat-
ed.
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL ON/OFF ECM according to the signals of engine speed and bat- played regardless of the starter sig-
tery voltage. nal.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF according to the accelerator pedal position sensor sig-
nal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF
switch as determined by the air conditioner signal.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral po-
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
sition (PNP) switch signal.
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system (de-
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF termined by the signal sent from EPS control unit) is in- EC
dicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load
signal. C
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or light-
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF
ing switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting
switch are OFF. D
IGNITION SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF E
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the primary
F
I/P PULLY SPD rpm
speed sensor signal.
INJ PULSE-B1 msec • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compen- • When the engine is stopped, a certain
sated by ECM according to the input signals. computed value is indicated. G
INJ PULSE-B2 msec
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM accord- • When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING BTDC
ing to the input signals. value is indicated.
H
• “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the cur-
CAL/LD VALUE %
rent airflow divided by peak airflow.
• Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM accord-
MASS AIRFLOW g·m/s
ing to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor.
I
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control so-

lenoid valve control value computed by the ECM ac-
PURG VOL C/V % J
cording to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value increases.
INT/V TIM (B1) °CA • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced angle.
• The control value of the intake valve timing control so- K
lenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the in-
INT/V SOL (B1) % put signal) is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value in- L
creases
• The air conditioner relay control condition (determined
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF
by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated.
M
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition deter-
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF
mined by ECM according to the input signals.
• The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control
valve (determined by ECM according to the input sig- N
VENT CONT/V ON/OFF nals) is indicated. • Always “OFF” is displayed
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
O
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condi-
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF tion determined by the ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
P
• Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (determined
by ECM according to the input signals).
HI/LOW/
COOLING FAN HI: High speed operation
OFF
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop
HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor
2 heater determined by ECM according to the input sig-
HO2S2 HTR (B2) ON/OFF nals.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Display the condition of idle air volume learning
YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been performed
YET/CM-
IDL A/V LEARN yet.
PLT
CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already been
performed successfully.
km or
TRVL AFTER MIL • Distance traveled while MIL is activated.
mile
A/F S1 HTR (B1) % • Indicates A/F sensor 1 heater control value computed
by ECM according to the input signals.
A/F S1 HTR (B2) % • The current flow to the heater becomes larger as the
value increases.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor
AC PRESS SEN V
is displayed.
km/h or
SET VHCL SPD • The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
mph
MAIN SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch
CANCEL SW ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCEL-
RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF
ERATE switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from
SET SW ON/OFF
SET/COAST switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch
BRAKE SW1 ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch sig-
BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF
nal.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set
NON/ speed.
VHCL SPD CUT
CUT CUT: Vehicle speed increased to excessively high
compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD oper-
ation is cut off.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set
NON/ speed.
LO SPEED CUT
CUT CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low
compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD oper-
ation is cut off.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT according to the
AT OD MONITOR ON/OFF • Always “OFF” is displayed
input signal from the TCM.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT cancel signal
AT OD CANCEL ON/OFF • Always “OFF” is displayed
sent from the TCM.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp deter-
CRUISE LAMP ON/OFF
mined by the ECM according to the input signals.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp determined
SET LAMP ON/OFF
by the ECM according to the input signals.
A/F ADJ-B1 — • Indicates the correction factor stored in ECM. The fac-
tor is calculated from the difference between the target
A/F ADJ-B2 — air/fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air/fuel ratio calcu-
lated from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) A

• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Fuel injector
TION • Change the amount of fuel injec- CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC
tion using CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original
trouble condition
IGNITION TIM- If trouble symptom disappears, see C
• Timing light: Set • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
ING CHECK ITEM.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the • Harness and connectors D
engine. • Compression
POWER BAL- • A/C switch OFF • Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or stops.
ANCE • Selector lever: Neutral • Power transistor
• Cut off each fuel injector signal • Spark plug E
one at a time using CONSULT-III. • Ignition coil
• Ignition switch: ON • Harness and connectors
COOLING FAN* • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” Cooling fan moves and stops. • Cooling fan relay F
and “OFF” with CONSULT-III. • Cooling fan motor
• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- CHECK ITEM. sor
G
perature using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Ignition switch: ON
(Engine stopped) H
FUEL PUMP RE- Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
• Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
LAY ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT-III
and listen to operating sound.
I
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL • Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to
• EVAP canister purge volume con- J
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent.
trol solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original K
V/T ASSIGN AN- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Intake valve timing control sole-
GLE • Change intake valve timing using CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
CONSULT-III.
L
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000003249091
M
Remarks:
z Specification data are reference values.
z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. N
i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the
ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals
input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors.
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION O
Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication
the tachometer indication
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-73, "Description". P
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-73, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-73, "Description".
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 1.5 V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MONITOR ITEM CONDITION SPECIFICATION
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are
met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are
met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indi- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
cation the speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.95 V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 1.2 V

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V
TP SEN 1-B1 Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
(Engine stopped)
TP SEN 2-B1*1
• Shift lever: D (A/T), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
Indicates intake air temper-
INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ature
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON
CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON
Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up,
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
idle the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Shift lever: Except above OFF
• Engine: After warming up, Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
idle the engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON
Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or light-
ing switch is in 2nd
ON
(Placed in LOW position for models with XE-
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON NON headlamp)
Rear window defogger switch is OFF and light-
OFF
ing switch is OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON
• Engine: After warming up, Heater fan: Operating ON

HEATER FAN SW
idle the engine Heater fan: Not operating OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
INJ PULSE-B1 • Shift lever: P or N (A/T),
Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 4.0 msec
• No load

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
• Engine: After warming up Idle 10 - 20° BTDC
IGN TIMING • Shift lever: P or N (A/T),
Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 25 - 45° BTDC
EC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0%
PURG VOL C/V • Shift lever: P or N (A/T),
C
Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm —
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5 - 5°CA D
INT/V TIM (B1) • Shift lever: P or N (A/T),
Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 20°CA
• No load E
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0 - 2%
INT/V SOL (B1) • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), F
Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 60%
• No load
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF G
• Engine: After warming up,
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
idle the engine ON
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON
ON
H
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above conditions OFF
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON I
• Engine speed is below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at J
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
Almost the same speed as K
the tachometer indication
VEHICLE SPEED
cation. the speedometer indication L
Idle air volume learning has not been performed
YET
yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: running
Idle air volume learning has already been per- M
CMPLT
formed successfully.
A/F S1 HTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 0 - 100%
AC PRESS SEN
• Engine: Idle
1.0 - 4.0 V
N
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
VHCL SPEED SE
cation the speedometer indication
O
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
displayed
MAIN switch: Pressed ON P
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
Clutch pedal (M/T) and brake pedal: Fully re-
ON
leased
BRAKE SW1 • Ignition switch: ON
Clutch pedal (M/T) and/or brake pedal: Slightly
OFF
depressed
VHCL SPD CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON
LO SPEED CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON
AT OD MONITOR • Ignition switch: ON OFF
AT OD CANCEL • Ignition switch: ON OFF
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time → at the
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed is be-
SET LAMP
tween 35 km/h (22 MPH) ASCD: Not operating OFF
and 150 km/h (93 MPH)
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ
from ECM terminals voltage signal.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
A
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI- EC
TOR” mode with CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in
“SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When
the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may
have one or more malfunctions. C
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the
MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: D
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) E
Testing Condition INFOID:0000000003332224
F
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) G
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes.
• Electrical load: Not applied H
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle
I
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000003332225
NOTE: J
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform EC-29, "Basic Inspection".
2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. K
3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode
with CONSULT-III.
4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. L
5. If NG, go to EC-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003332226
OVERALL SEQUENCE
PBIB2318E

EC
PBIB3213E
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-73, "Testing Condition".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is
within the SP value.
NOTE:

Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is
out of the SP value even a little.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 17.
NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2.
NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 6.
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil. Refer to LU-6, "Changing Engine Oil".
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
dition.
>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-35, "Fuel Pressure Check".)
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator. GO TO 8.
NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7.
- Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube
- Clogged fuel filter
- Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-179, "Wiring Diagram".)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.

>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” A
1. Start engine.
EC
OK or NG
C
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. D
2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. E
NG >> GO TO 10.
F
- Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-183, "Wiring Diagram".)
- Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-178, "Wiring Diagram".)
- Intake air leakage G
- Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-61, "On-Vehicle Service".)
2. If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.) H
>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” I
1. Start engine.
within the SP value. J
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 12. K
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION

Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1. L
• For DTC P0130, refer to EC-103, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
M
• For DTC P2A00, refer to EC-167, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 15. N
NG >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Check for the possible cause items according to corresponding DTC. O
>> GO TO 14.
P
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 15.

15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR

1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
1. Start engine.
OK or NG
NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-43, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
SP value.
OK or NG
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 21.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22. A
1. Start engine. EC
OK or NG
C
OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair malfunctioning part.
2. GO TO 29.
NG >> GO TO 23.
D
23. CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the
SP value. E
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 24.
NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29. F
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. G
Refer to “ECM Re-communicating Function”
4. Perform EC-33, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". H
5. Perform EC-33, "Idle Air Volume Learning".
>> GO TO 29. I
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. J
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system K
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 27.
NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26. L
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the M
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END N
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the O
SP value.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 28. P
NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge

• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the
each indication is within the SP value.
OK or NG
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is
OK or NG

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
A
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function EC
returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's
complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of Intermittent
Incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may C
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations
D
STEP in Work Flow Situation
2 The CONSULT-III is used. The Self Diagnostic Result screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t].
3 or 4 The symptom described by the customer does not recur. E
5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
F
1.INSPECTION START G
Erase (1st trip) DTCs.
Refer to “How to Erase DTC” in EC-21, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS I
Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection.
Refer to EC-87, "Ground Inspection".
OK or NG J
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> Repair or replace.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K
Perform GI-23, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION
TESTS”.
L
OK or NG
M

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000003249099
MBWA2065E

EC
MBWA2066E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003349508 P
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No
Yes >> GO TO 8.

No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 109 and ground with
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
NG >> GO TO 3.
MBIB0015E

• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse
>> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-87, "Ground Inspection".
JMBIA1102ZZ
1. Air cleaner resonator 2. Body ground E21 3. Body ground E61

Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections.
5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
Continuity should exist.

3. Also check harness for short to power.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

• Harness connectors F4, E9
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground A
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II EC
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.

C
3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector E12 terminal 3 and
ground with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage D

OK or NG
OK >> Check ignition signal circuit, refer to EC-183, "Wiring E
Diagram".
NG >> GO TO 8.
F
PBIB2658E
8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
2. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF.
3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 119, 120 and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester. H
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop
I
approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. J
NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO PBIB1630E
11.
K
9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 111 and ground with L
CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage M

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> GO TO 11. N
PBIB1191E O
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
P
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12.
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 119, 120 and IPDM E/R terminal 4.

4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
OK or NG

OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and IPDM E/R terminal 7.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK 20A FUSE
1. Disconnect 20A fuse from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> Replace 20A fuse.
13.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS
2. Loosen and retighten two ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-87, "Ground Inspection".
JMBIA1102ZZ
1. Air cleaner resonator 2. Body ground E21 3. Body ground E61

Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 115, 116 and ground.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground
A
16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC
Refer to EC-81, "Diagnosis Procedure".
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. C
Ground Inspection INFOID:0000000003249102
D
Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground
connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works. E
Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drasti-
cally affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even
when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: F
• Remove the ground bolt or screw.
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
• Clean as required to assure good contact. G
• Reinstall bolt or screw securely.
• Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit.
• If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the
H
wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye-
let make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation.
PBIB1870E

DTC U1000, U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000003249104
The MIL will not light up these self-diagnoses.
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1000 • Harness or connectors
communication signal of OBD (emission related
1000 (CAN communication line is open or
CAN communication diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
shorted)
line When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1001 (Refer to LAN-41, "CAN System Specifi-
communication signal other than OBD (emission cation Chart".)
1001
related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003249105

2. Check 1st trip DTC.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.

EC
MBWA2067E
P

DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION
DTC U1010 CAN COMMUNICATION
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
U1010 When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of
CAN communication bus • ECM
1010 CAN controller of ECM.


DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL
A
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) C
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature timing control solenoid valve
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed* D
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
PBIB3278E
J
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant K
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to
increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
L
COMPONENT DISCRIPTION
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF
pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
M
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle. N
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control O
position.
PBIB1842E

P
The MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
name
• Harness or connectors
(Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
cuit is open or shorted.)
P0011 Intake valve timing There is a gap between angle of target and • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
0011 control performance phase-control angle degree. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
portion of the camshaft
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.
Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
ENG SPEED 500 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
M/T: Neutral position
Selector lever
A/T: P or N position
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
6. If the 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
If the 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
ENG SPEED 1,800 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving
conditions required for this test.)
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000003249110
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the intake valve timing control system. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. A
EC
4. Set the tester probe between ECM terminal 11 (IVT control solenoid valve signal) and ground.
6. Check the voltage under the following conditions. C
Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below.
ECM D
Item Conditions Voltage
Terminal
BATTERY VOLTAGE
At idle
(11 - 14V)
E
7V - 10V
11 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve F

Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
G
PBIB1790E
H
7. If NG, check possible cause items.

MBWA2068E

DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
Component Description INFOID:0000000003249263
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF EC

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow. C
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve D
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E E
F
An improper voltage is sent to the ECM • Harness or connectors
P1111 Intake valve timing control G
through intake valve timing control solenoid (Solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.)
1111 solenoid valve circuit
valve. • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and
wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. J

MBWA2068E

DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It mea- EC
sures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake
flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot
wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The D
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIB1604E E
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. F
• Harness or connectors G
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0102 low input sent to ECM when engine is running. • Intake air leaks
• Mass air flow sensor
H
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0103 high input is sent to ECM.
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.

J
Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.

K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. M
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
N
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103
2. Check DTC. O
If DTC is not detected, go to next step.
4. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. P
5. Check DTC.

MBWA2069E

DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine EC

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther- C
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K E
<Reference data>
F
Engine coolant
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
temperature [°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 G
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
H
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 72 (Engine
SEF012P
coolant temperature sensor) and ground.
CAUTION: I
J
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause K
P0117 Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor
0117 sensor circuit low input is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
P0118 Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine coolant temperature sensor
0118 sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM.
FAIL-SAFE MODE M
When this malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.

N
Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following conditions.
CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided O
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
sensor circuit Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F)
Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F) P
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
NOTE:

MBWA2071E

DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, EC

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into C
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the D
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E E
NOTE: F
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
G
P0122 Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
0122 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) H
P0123 Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
0123 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE I
When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
J
Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. K
So, the acceleration will be poor.

L
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. N
2. Check DTC.
O

MBWA2072E

DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1
A
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is combination of a
Nernst concentration cell (sensor cell) with an oxygen-pump cell,
which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the C
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range (0.7 <
. < air). D
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion gap at the
electrode of the oxygen-pump and Nernst concentration cell, where
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z E
An electronic circuit controls the pump current through the oxygen-

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion F
gap remains constant at = 1. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to
indicate air/fuel ratio by this pumping of current. In addition, a heater
is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating tempera-
ture of about 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F). G
SEF580Z
I
To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control. J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
• Harness or connectors K
P0130 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is
0130 circuit sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 1.5V. open or shorted.]
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
L
NOTE: M
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. N
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-III O
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. P
If the indication is constantly approx. 1.5V and does not fluctuates, check possible cause items.
If the indication fluctuates around 1.5V, go to next step.
6. Drive vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable shift position.

7. Set shift lever in D position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or 4th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal
fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
8. Repeat steps 6 and 7 for 5 times.
9. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
10. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
13. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, check possible cause items.
Without CONSULT-III
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Set shift lever to D position with “OD” OFF (A/T) or 4th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal
fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
NOTE:
Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
8. Stop the vehicle.
If 1st trip DTC is displayed, check possible cause items.

EC
MBWA2073E
P

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
. < air).
they are brought to thermodynamic balance. SEF579Z

pump cell so that the composition of the exhaust gas in the diffusion
ture of about 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F).
SEF580Z
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low.
P0131 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
0131 circuit low voltage sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0V. or shorted.]
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle.
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 0V, check possible cause items.
If the indication is not constantly approx. 0V, go to next step.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm A

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
EC
Gear position Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. C
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step
4.
7. Check 1st trip DTC. D
E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC
might not be confirmed.
Without CONSYULT-III F
3. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. G
Engine Speed 1,000 - 3,200 rpm H

Vehicle Speed More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
Selector lever Suitable position
I
Driving location Driving at level road
(To avoid overloading will help maintain the driv-
ing conditions required for this test.)
J
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising.
2. K
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4.
L
7. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON.
9. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, check possible cause items. M

MBWA2073E

A
. < air). D

ture of about 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F). G
SEF580Z
I
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high. J
• Harness or connectors K
P0132 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open
0132 circuit high voltage sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5V. or shorted.]
L
NOTE: M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V at idle. N
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. O
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication.
If the indication is constantly approx. 5V, check possible cause items.
If the indication is not constantly approx. 5V, go to next step. P

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

Gear position Suitable position
NOTE:
4.
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit.
Without CONSULT-III
Engine Speed 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

Vehicle Speed More than 40 km/h (25 MPH)
Driving location Driving at level road
(To avoid overloading will help maintain the driv-
ing conditions required for this test.)
NOTE:
2.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4.

EC
MBWA2073E
P

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
PBIB0145E
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic.
P0222 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
0222 circuit low input is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
• Electric throttle control actuator
P0223 Throttle position sensor 1 An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 (TP sensor 1)
0223 circuit high input is sent to ECM. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE

degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2077E
P

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
DTC P0327, P0328 KS
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
PBIB0512E
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detected Condition Possible Cause
P0327 Knock sensor circuit low An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0327 input sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
P0328 Knock sensor circuit high An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
0328 input sent to ECM.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.

DTC P0327, P0328 KS
EC
MBWA2078E
P

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder

block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at
the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine rev-
olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running to the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
PBIB0562E
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not
detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of
engine cranking.
(The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0335 Crankshaft position sen- • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position
ed.)
0335 sor (POS) circuit sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
running.
• Signal plate
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in
the normal pattern during engine running.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.

EC
MBWA2079E
P

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of

intake valve camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft
position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
PBIB0562E
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Camshaft (Intake)
P0340 Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM dur-
• Starter motor (Refer to SC-7, "Trouble Di-
0340 (PHASE) circuit ing engine running.
agnosis".)
• The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-7,
pattern during engine running.
"Trouble Diagnosis".)
• Dead (Weak) battery
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5V with igni-
tion switch ON.
1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step.
6. Start engine and maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.

EC
MBWA2080E
P

DTC P0500 VSS
DTC P0500 VSS
The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” through CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN
communication line.
NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-88, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1010, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1010. Refer
to EC-90, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
The vehicle speed signal sent to ECM is (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
P0500
Vehicle speed sensor almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) even when vehi- • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
0500
cle is being driven. • Wheel sensor
• Combination meter
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
If NG, check possible cause items.
If OK, go to following step.
3. Warm up engine to normal operating temperature.
M/T: 1,800 - 6,000 rpm

ENG SPEED
A/T: 1,400 - 6,000 rpm
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

DTC P0500 VSS
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine. A
3. Read vehicle speed with combination meter.
The vehicle speed indication should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suit-
able gear position. EC

DTC P0550 PSP SENSOR
Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power

steering high-pressure tube and detects a power steering load. This
sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load
into output voltage, and emits the voltage signal to the ECM. The
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the
throttle valve opening angle to increase the engine speed and
adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
BBIA0621E

NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-128, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
P0550 Power steering pressure An excessively low or high voltage from the
0550 sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
• Power steering pressure sensor
NOTE:
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

EC
MBWA2082E
P

DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Vol-
ume Learning value memory, etc.
PBIB1164E
P0603 ECM back-up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is
ECM power supply circuit
0603 properly. open or shorted.]
• ECM
NOTE:
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.

EC
MBWA2083E
P

DTC P0605 ECM
DTC P0605 ECM
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.
PBIB1164E
This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic.
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605
Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
0605
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.
FAIL-SAFE MODE
ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected.
Detected items Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode

• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5
Malfunction A degrees) by the return spring.
• ECM deactivates ASCD operation.
Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCE-
DURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, per-
form PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C.
NOTE:
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.

DTC P0605 ECM
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. A
EC

DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic.
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is
P0643 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source
shorted.)
0643 short for sensor is excessively low or high.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
• Power steering pressure sensor
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE MODE

ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return
spring.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
2. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2084E
P

DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH
When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position signal from the TCM is sent to ECM. (A/T
models)
When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON.
ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. (M/T models)
(PNP switch circuit is open or shorted.)
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
P0850 • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T
Park/neutral position switch signal is not changed in the process of engine
0850 models)
starting and driving.
• TCM (A/T models)
• Combination meter (A/T models)
CAUTION:
NOTE:
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig-
nal under the following conditions.
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal

P or N position (A/T)
ON
Neutral position (M/T)
Except above position OFF
If OK, go to following step.
ENG SPEED More than 1,500 rpm

B/FUEL SCHDL 2.5 - 31.8 msec (A/T)
5.0 - 31.8 msec (A/T)
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Without CONSULT-III

2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP signal) and
ground under the following conditions. A
Condition (Gear position) Voltage (Known-good data)

P or N position (A/T) EC
Approx. 0V
Neutral position (M/T)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Except the above position
(11 - 14V) C
MBIB0043E

MBWA2085E

DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
A
System Description INFOID:0000000003249178
NOTE:
If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-88, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". C
Cooling Fan Control
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator D

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*1
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
E
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal
Cooling fan
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Cooling fan relay
Engine speed* 2 control
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
F
Battery Battery voltage*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
*1: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line. G
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. H
Cooling Fan Operation
JMBIA1107GB
P
Cooling Fan Relay Operation
The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line.

Cooling fan relay

Cooling fan speed
1 2
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) ON ON
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
Cooling Fan Motor
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows.
Cooling fan motor terminals

Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
1 3 and 4
1 3 and 4
Low (LOW)
1 and 2 3
1 and 2 3
High (HI) 1 and 2 3 and 4
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction
is indicated.
(The cooling fan circuit is open or
shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat).
• Cooling fan
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly
• Cooling fan relay
P1217 Engine over temperature (Overheat).
• Radiator hose
1217 (Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system using
• Radiator
the proper filling method.
• Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified range.
• Water pump
• Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-138,
"Main 12 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-10, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-6, "Changing Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-16, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be con-
firmed.
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below
the proper range, skip the following steps and check possible
cause items.
EC
2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer
filled the coolant, skip the following steps and check possible
cause items.
C
3. Start engine.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine. SEF621W
4. Set temperature control dial to full cold position. D

5. Turn air conditioner switch ON.
6. Turn blower fan switch ON.
E
7. Run engine at idle for a few minutes with air conditioner operating.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to overheat engine.
8. Make sure that cooling fans operates at low speed. F
If OK, go to the following step.
9. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
10. Turn air conditioner switch and blower fan switch OFF.
11. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connec-
tor. H
12. Connect 150Ω resistor to engine coolant temperature sensor
harness connector.
I
SEC163BA
13. Restart engine and make sure that cooling fan operates at
higher speed than low speed. J
Be careful not to overheat engine.
K
MEC475B
M

MBWA2075E

EC
MBWA2076E

Main 12 Causes of Overheating INFOID:0000000003249182
Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard

OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester 50 - 50% coolant mixture
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reser-
voir tank and radiator filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester 59 - 98 kPa
(0.59 - 0.98 bar, 0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2,
9 - 14 psi) (Limit)
ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower ra- Both hoses should be hot
diator hoses
ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • Visual Operating
OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical tester Negative

4 Gas analyzer
ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature gauge • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driving
• Coolant overflow to reservoir • Visual No overflow during driving and
tank idling
OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from reservoir • Visual Should be initial level in reservoir
tank to radiator tank
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum dis-
tortion (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or
piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.

DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
DTC P1225 TP SENSOR
A

kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into C
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the D
PBIB0145E E
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. F
P1225 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is excessively • Electric throttle control actuator G
1225 learning performance low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

H
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. K

DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC P1226 TP SENSOR
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
PBIB0145E
P1226 Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not performed • Electric throttle control actuator
1226 learning performance successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.

DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
E
PBIB2645E
F
NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to G
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause H
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
• ECM detects that input signal from the I
P1564 (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
1564 • ASCD steering switch
range.
• ECM
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON. J
NOTE: K
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. M
5. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
N
6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.
O

MBWA2086E

DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned EC

OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. ECM detects the state of
the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
C
BBIA0560E E
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. F

NOTE:
• If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
G
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two H
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
Trouble Diagnosis I
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
• When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/ • Harness or connectors
h (19 MPH), ON signals from the stop (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A) J
lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch • Harness or connectors
are sent to the ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.)
K
(M/T models)
P1572
ASCD brake switch • Stop lamp switch
1572
• ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to • ASCD brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the • ASCD clutch switch (M/T models) L
vehicle is driving • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD clutch installation (M/T mod-
els) M
• ECM

N
CAUTION:
NOTE: O
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
• Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for
malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be P
detected.
With CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine.

2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.
3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition.
Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 MPH)

If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step.

Depress the brake pedal for more than
Driving location five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the ASCD brake switch circuit. During this check, a 1st trip
DTC might not be confirmed.
Without CONSULT-III
2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 108 (ASCD brake switch
signal) and ground under the following conditions.
A/T models
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
M/T models
MBIB0061E
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed Approximately 0V
Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released Battery voltage
If OK, go to next step.
4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 101 (Stop lamp switch
signal) and ground under the following conditions.
CONDITION VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0V
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Battery voltage
PBIB1677E

EC
MBWA2087E
P

MBWA2088E

DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combination EC
meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD con-
trol.
On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000003249202 C

NOTE: D
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-88, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer E
to EC-120, "DTC Confirmation Procedure"
F
Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
Name
G
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
(Refer to LAN-41, "CAN System Specification
Chart".) H
(The combination meter circuit is open or shorted.)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
P1574 ASCD vehicle ECM detects a difference between two vehicle (Refer to BRC-14, "CONSULT-III Function".) I
1574 speed sensor speed signals is out of the specified range. • Wheel sensor
(Refer to DI-13, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/
M&A)".) J
• TCM (A/T models)
(Refer to AT-60, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANS-
MISSION)".)
• ECM K
L
CAUTION:
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at M
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test N
is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25MPH) for at least 5 seconds. O
3. Stop vehicle.
4. Check DTC.
5. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. P

DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR)
ECM receives turbine revolution sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this
signal for engine control.
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-88, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
The MIL will not lights up for this diagnosis.
(The CAN communication line is open or
Turbine revolution sensor signal is different
Input speed sensor shorted)
P1715 from the theoretical value calculated by
(Turbine revolution sensor) • Harness or connectors
1715 ECM from revolution sensor signal and en-
(TCM output) (Turbine revolution sensor circuit is open or
gine rpm signal.
shorted)
• TCM

DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving.
C
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for • Harness or connectors
P1805
Brake switch extremely long time while the vehicle is driv- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
1805
ing. • Stop lamp switch
E
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and MIL lights up.
F
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor. G
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
H
When accelerating Poor acceleration
I
2. Fully depress the brake pedal at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase DTC. J
4. Check DTC.
K

MBWA2089E

DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
A
Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle EC
control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM. C
These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. D
E
P2100 Throttle control motor ECM detects a voltage of power source for
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open.)
2100 relay circuit open throttle control motor is excessively low.
• Throttle control motor relay
F
P2103 Throttle control motor ECM detect the throttle control motor relay
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted.)
2103 relay circuit short is stuck ON.
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the DTC detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up.
H
spring.
I
NOTE: J
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100 K
3. Check DTC. L
PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103 M
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8V.
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. N
2. Check DTC.
O

MBWA2090E

DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
A
NOTE: EC
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100
or P2119. Refer to EC-151, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" or EC-157, "DTC Confirmation Procedure".
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. C
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition. D
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. E
• Harness or connectors F
(Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted.)
P2101 Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not
(Throttle control motor relay circuit is open or
2101 performance operate properly. G
shorted.)
H
FAIL-SAFE MODE
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode I

spring.
J
NOTE:
K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V when engine L
is running.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. M
3. Check DTC.
N

MBWA2091E

DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
A
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
C

D
• Harness or connectors E
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM detects short both circuits between ECM (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
2118 circuit short and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)
F
FAIL-SAFE MODE
G
spring.
H
NOTE: I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 second. J
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. K

MBWA2092E

DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening C
angle properly in response to driving condition.
D
E
Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
properly due to the return spring malfunction.
P2119 Electric throttle control F
Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
2119 actuator B)
not in specified range.
C) ECM detect the throttle valve is stuck open.
G
FAIL-SAFE MODE
H
The ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position.
Malfunction A
The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. I
Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less.
While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
Malfunction C The engine can restart in P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm J
or more.

K
NOTE:
• Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. L
• If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B M
2. Shift selector lever to D position (A/T), 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds.
N
3. Shift selector lever to P position (A/T), Neutral position (M/T).
O
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. P
9. Check DTC.
PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C

4. Start engine and let it idle for the 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.

DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end EC

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal C
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The D
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
PBIB1741E E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine oper-
ation such as fuel cut.
F

NOTE: G
H
P2122 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor • Harness or connectors
2122 sensor 1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) I
P2123 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor • Accelerator pedal position sensor
2123 sensor 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 1)
FAIL-SAFE MODE J
K
degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. L

M
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. N
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. O
2. Check DTC.
P

MBWA2093E

A

signals.
PBIB1741E E
F

G
2127 sensor 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) H
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
P2128 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor (APP sensor 2)
2128 sensor 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. I
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE J
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode K

degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of throttle valve to be shower than the normal condition.
L
M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION: N
2. Check DTC. O

MBWA2094E

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
A

The throttle position sensor has the two sensors. These sensors are
a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position C
into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addi-
tion, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the
throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM D
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the
throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condi-
tion.
PBIB0145E E
F
G
• Harness or connector
(TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
P2135 Throttle position sensor H
compared with the signals from TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
2135 circuit range/performance
1 and TP sensor 2. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
(APP sensor 2)
I
FAIL-SAFE MODE
J
degrees. K
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition.

L
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
N
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. O

DTC P2135 TP SENSOR
MBWA2095E

DTC P2138 APP SENSOR
A

signals.
PBIB1741E E
F

NOTE: G
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
H
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or I
shorted.)
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor (TP sensor circuit is shorted.)
compared with the signals from APP sensor
2138 circuit range/performance • Accelerator pedal position sensor
1 and APP sensor 2.
(APP sensor 1 and 2) J
(TP sensor 1 and 2)
FAIL-SAFE MODE K
Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode L

degrees.
The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. M

N
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. O
TESTING CONDITION:
P
2. Check DTC.

MBWA2096E

DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1
A
. < air). D

ture of about 700 - 800°C (1,292 - 1,472°F). G
SEF580Z
I
To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be
shifted to LEAN side or RICH side. J
• The output voltage computed by ECM from the K
A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P2A00 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 a specified period.
• Fuel pressure
2A00 circuit range/performance • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
• Fuel injector L
sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a
• Intake air leaks
specified period.

M
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
With CONSULT-III O

P
3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT-III.
4. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”.
6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute.

8. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
Without CONSULT-III
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness con-
nector.
6. Check that DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Erase the DTC P0102.
8. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and
4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
9. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
10. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 min- BBIA0622E
utes.

EC
MBWA2073E
P

A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
MBWA2176E

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
EC
P
MBWA2097E

ASCD INDICATOR
ASCD INDICATOR
MBWA2099E

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
A
Specification data are reference values. EC

Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting C
ON
switch is in 2nd position.
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON
Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting switch
OFF
is OFF.
D
Heater fan: Operating. ON
HEATER FAN SW • Ignition switch: ON
Heater fan: Not operating. OFF
E
1.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCITION-I

F
2. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
G
Condition LOAD SIGNAL
Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position ON
Lighting switch: OFF OFF H
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 2.
NG >> GO TO 4. I
2.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions. J
Condition LOAD SIGNAL

Rear window defogger switch: ON ON K
Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF
OK or NG
L
OK >> GO TO 3.
NG >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION M
Check “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions.
Condition LOAD SIGNAL N

Heater fan control switch: ON ON
Heater fan control switch: OFF OFF
O
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END.
NG >> GO TO 6. P
4.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Refer to LT-4, "System Description" (With XENON TYPE) or LT-20, "System Description" (With HALOGEN
TYPE).
>> INSPECTION END

5.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM

Refer to GW-31, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart".
>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Refer to MTC-20, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair".
>> INSPECTION END

A
EC
P
MBWA2081E

EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
MBWA2177E

EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A
EC
P
MBWA2178E

FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
MBWA2100E

FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
A
EC
P
MBWA2101E

HO2S2
HO2S2
MBWA2074E

HO2S2 HEATER
HO2S2 HEATER
A
EC
P
MBWA2074E

IAT SENSOR
IAT SENSOR
MBWA2070E

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
EC
P
MBWA2102E

IGNITION SIGNAL
MBWA2103E

IGNITION SIGNAL
EC
MBWA2104E

REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
MBWA2105E

MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR
A
EC
P
MBWA2106E

MBWA2107E

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
A
Fuel Pressure INFOID:0000000003249248
EC
Fuel pressure at idle Approximately 350 kPa (3.5bar, 3.57kg/cm2, 51psi)
Idle Speed and Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000003249249

C
M/T No load* (in Neutral position) 625 ± 50 rpm

Target idle speed
A/T No load* (in P or N position) 700 ± 50 rpm D
M/T In Neutral position
Air conditioner: ON 725 rpm or more
A/T In P or N position
E
M/T In Neutral position
Ignition timing 15 ±5 °BTDC
A/T In P or N position
*: Under the following conditions: F
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position G
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000003249250
H
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 - 14V)
Output voltage at idle 0.9 - 1.2V*
I
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000003249251
Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ)

25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 K
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000003249252

L

M
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 N
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000003249253
O
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 2.3 - 4.3Ω
Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000003249254

P
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 9.9 - 13.3Ω
Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000003249255
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 1 - 15Ω

Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000003249256
Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 11.1 - 14.3Ω
Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000003249257
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.2 - 5.0Ω

APPLICATION NOTICE
< SERVICE INFORMATION > [YD TYPE 1]
SERVICE INFORMATION A
APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000003339413
EC
YD ENGINE MODEL
Check the vehicle type (refer to GI-42) to confirm the service information in EC section. They are distinguished C
each other by the engine room appearance.
Service information Remarks D

Without EGR volume control valve.
With vacuum control throttle ac- F

YD TYPE 1 tuator (1) and step motor type
EGR volume control valve (2).
MBIB1800E
H
I
With electric control throttle actu-
YD TYPE 2 ator (1) and DC motor type EGR
volume control valve (2). J
K
MBIB1750E

INDEX FOR DTC
INDEX FOR DTC
DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000002978096
X: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page
CONSULT-III*1 ECM*2 (CONSULT-III screen item)
U1000 1000*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — EC-249

NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0016 0016 CMP/CKP RELATION — EC-251
P0045 0045 TC BOOST SOL/CIRC — EC-252
P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRESS × EC-254
P0089 0089 FUEL PUMP — EC-255
P0093 0093 FUEL LEAK × EC-256
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-261
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-261
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-263
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT — EC-263
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — EC-265
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — EC-265
P0122 0122 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT — EC-267
P0182 0182 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC — EC-269
P0183 0183 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC — EC-269
P0192 0192 FRP SEN/CIRC — EC-271
P0193 0193 FRP SEN/CIRC — EC-271
P0200 0200 INJECTOR × EC-273
P0201 0201 CYL1 INJECTOR — EC-274
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP × EC-277 or EC-282
P0234 0234 TC SYSTEM — EC-286
P0237 0237 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC — EC-288
P0238 0238 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC — EC-288
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT × EC-290
P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR × EC-292
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT × EC-294
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR × EC-296
P0380 0380 GLOW RELAY — EC-298
P0501 0501 VEHICLE SPEED — EC-300

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC Items
(CONSULT-III screen item)
MIL lighting up Reference page A
CONSULT-III*1 ECM*2
P0504 0504 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — EC-304
P0563 0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE — EC-307 EC
P0580 0580 STRG SW/CIRC — EC-308
P0581 0581 STRG SW/CIRC — EC-308
C
P0605 0605 ECM × EC-310
P0606 0606 ECM × EC-311
P0628 0628 FUEL PUMP/CIRC × EC-312 D
P0629 0629 FUEL PUMP/CIRC × EC-312
P0642 0642 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 — EC-314
P0643 0643 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 — EC-314 E
F
P0668 0668 ECM — EC-318
P0669 0669 ECM — EC-318
P0686 0686 ECM RELAY — EC-319 G
P0700 0700 TCM — AT-75
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC — AT-76
H
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC — AT-100
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SE/CIR A/T — AT-80
P0725 0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG — AT-83 I
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN — AT-84
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN — AT-86
J
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN — AT-88
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN — AT-90
P0735 0735 A/T 5TH GR FNCTN — AT-92 K
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC — AT-94
P0744 0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN — AT-96
L
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC — AT-98
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN — EC-321
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — EC-322 M
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 — EC-323
P1269 1269 INJECTOR 2 — EC-323
P1270 1270 INJECTOR 3 — EC-323 N
P1271 1271 INJECTOR 4 — EC-323
P1272 1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE — EC-326
O
P1273 1273 FUEL PUMP — EC-328
P1274 1274 FUEL PUMP × EC-330
P1275 1275 FUEL PUMP × EC-332 P
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — BL-4
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM — BL-4
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — BL-4
P1613 1613 ECM INT CIRC-IMMU — BL-4
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY — BL-4

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC Items
MIL lighting up Reference page
CONSULT-III*1 ECM*2 (CONSULT-III screen item)
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY — BL-4

P1616 1616 ECM — BL-4
P1622 1622 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST — EC-334
P1623 1623 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR — EC-335
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T — AT-99
P1716 1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC — AT-78
P1730 1730 A/T INTERLOCK — AT-104
P1752 1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC — AT-106
P1757 1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC — AT-108
P1762 1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC — AT-110
P1767 1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC — AT-112
P1772 1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC — AT-114
P1774 1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT — AT-115
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR — EC-336
P2146 2146 INJ PWR/CIRC × EC-338
P2147 2147 INJECTOR/CIRC × EC-340
P2148 2148 INJECTOR/CIRC × EC-340
P2149 2149 INJ PWR/CIRC × EC-338
P2228 2228 BARO SEN/CIRC — EC-342
P2229 2229 BARO SEN/CIRC — EC-342
*1:This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
*2: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
A
EC
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SUPPLEMENTAL C
WARNING:
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by D
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag E
F
ness connectors.
WARNING: G
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly H
I
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000003346834
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc. J
PIIB3706J
M
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000003291958
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the N
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will O
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, P
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-53.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.

PRECAUTIONS
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.

running.
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
turned off.
connect negative battery cable.
SEF289H
MBIB0625E

with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
PBIB1512E

break).
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
age to IC's.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away
PBIB0090E
of IC's, etc.

PRECAUTIONS
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. A
Refer to EC-227, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
EC
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft C
position sensor.
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC D
E
SAT652J G

the two tester probes to contact. H
I
ground.
• Do not disassemble fuel pump. J
If NG, take proper action.
• Do not disassemble fuel injector.
If NG, replace fuel injector. K
N
SEF348N
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. O

• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
P
SEF709Y

PRECAUTIONS
control systems depending on installation location.
trol units.
from the harness of electronic controls.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave
radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
A
EC
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
C
Radiator cap tester diator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. D
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564
E
F
ture sensor G
S-NT705

Schematic INFOID:0000000002978098
JMBIA1360GB

Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000002978099
A
LEFT SIDE OF THE ENGINE ROOM
EC
M
MBIB1215E
1. Turbocharger boost control 2. Turbocharger control actuator

solenoid valve N
A. From next figure
: Vehicle front
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose. O
Refer to EC-200, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System.

P

RIGHT SIDE OF THE ENGINE ROOM
MBIB1288E
1. Fuel rail 2. Intake air control valve control 3. Vacuum pump

solenoid valve
4. Intake air control valve actuator
A. To previous figure
: Vehicle front
NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
Refer to EC-200, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System.

Crankcase Ventilation System INFOID:0000000005167936
DESCRIPTION

In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.
A
EC
PBIB0590E F
INSPECTION
Ventilation Hose G
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace. H
J
SEC692

Fuel Filter INFOID:0000000005167937
DESCRIPTION
A water draining cock is on the lower side and a priming pump for bleeding air is on the upper side.
AIR BLEEDING
Pump the priming pump (1) to bleed air.
• When air is bled completely, the pumping of the priming pump sud-
denly becomes heavy. Stop the operation at that time.
• If it is difficult to bleed air by the pumping of the priming pump (the
pumping of the priming pump does not become heavy), disconnect
the fuel supply hose between the fuel filter and the fuel gallery.
Then, perform the operation described above, and make sure that
fuel comes out. (Use a pan, etc. so as not to spill fuel. Do not let
fuel get on engine and other parts.) After that, connect the hose,
then bleed air again.
• Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute after performing air
MBIB1197E
bleeding.
WATER DRAINING
1. Remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, protector assembly from the dash panel as follows.
a. Remove the air cleaner case (upper), air duct assembly, and vacuum hose for brake booster (between the
vacuum pump and vacuum pipe).
CAUTION:
After the duct is removed, cover the opening with gum tape, etc. to prevent foreign object from
getting into the engine during the operation.
b. Remove the mounting nuts on the dash panel, then remove the fuel filter, filter bracket, and protector
assembly from the dash panel.
• It is not necessary to disconnect the fuel hose.
2. Using a tool such as a pliers, loosen the water draining cock at
the bottom of the fuel filter.
Loosening drain cock four to five turns causes water to
start draining.
Do not remove drain cock by loosening it excessively.
If water dose not drain properly, move the priming up and down.
CAUTION:
When the water is drained, the fuel is also drained. Use a
pan, etc. to avoid fuel adherence to the rubber parts such as
the engine mount insulator.
Do not over-tighten the water draining cock. This will dam-
SMA825B
age the cock thread, resulting in water or fuel leak.
3. Bleed air of the fuel filter. Refer to "AIR BLEEDING".
4. Start the engine.

1. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to “ECM Re-
communicating Function”
2. Perform EC-204, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration".
3. Perform EC-205, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing".
Injector Adjustment Value Registration INFOID:0000000005167939
DESCRIPTION
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injec-
tor.The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.

A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following
two values. A
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle
Injector Adjustment Value Registration must be performed after the following cases.
EC
• Injector(s) are replaced.
• ECM is replaced.
For the first case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for the replaced fuel injector must be performed. And
for the second case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for all the fuel injectors must be performed. C
F
MBIB1251E
Example: Injector adjustment value = D021ABCD1A061234000000000000E6

G
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
• Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a injector. H
• When all injectors are replaced or ECM is replaced, it is recommended to perform “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode before performing this procedure. By performing “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode, injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.
I
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped).
2. Select “ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START”. J
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT-III reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM.
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
K
5. Input injector adjustment value, and touch “ENTER”.
NOTE:
Input injector adjustment value is stored in CONSULT-III.
L
6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration, and touch
“START”.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT-III are written onto ECM mem- M
ory.
7. After “CMND FINISHED” is displayed, make sure that the following values are same for each cylinder.
• Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector. N
• Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
NOTE:
• In this step, CONSULT-III reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on
O
the CONSULT-III screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory
correctly.
• If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is
detected again. P
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing INFOID:0000000005167940
DESCRIPTION
In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail, the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with
monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor.

Accordingly, the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is
an operation to clear the value of the fuel pump learning.
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing should be performed under the following conditions.
• Fuel pump is changed.
• ECM is replaced with used one which stores the fuel pump learning value of other fuel pump.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
When removing fuel pump, perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing before starting engine.
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “PUMP LEARNT CLEAR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds.
4. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
Without CONSULT-III
Fuel pump learning value can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by the same operation as eras-
ing DTC. In detail, refer to EC-207, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".

A
DTC Detection Logic INFOID:0000000002978100
When a malfunction is detected, the malfunction (DTC) and freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. EC
The MIL will light up each time the ECM detects malfunction. For diagnostic items causing the MIL to light up,
refer to EC-192, "DTC No. Index".
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) INFOID:0000000002978101 C
HOW TO READ DTC

The DTC can be read by the following methods. D
With CONSULT-III
CONSULT-III displays the DTC in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode. Example: P0117, P0335, P1268, etc. These
DTCs are prescribed by ISO15031-5. E
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
Without CONSULT-III
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. F
Example: 0117, 0335, 1260, etc.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, the Diagnostic Test Mode II does not indicate
whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. G
CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if avail-
able) is recommended.
HOW TO ERASE DTC H
With CONSULT-III
NOTE: I
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 5 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-192), skip 1.
J
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to AT-19.
2. Touch “ENGINE”.
3. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. K
4. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.)
The emission related diagnostic information in the ECM can be erased by selecting “ERASE” in the “SELF-
DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. L
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once wait at least 10 sec- M
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-192), skip 1.
1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results). N
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24
hours.
O
- Freeze frame data
- Fuel pump learning value
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all P
Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000002978102
The ECM records the driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine
speed, vehicle speed and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III.

Only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory
and another freeze frame data occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clear-
ing the ECM memory are described in EC-207, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, CONSULT-III and Driving Patterns INFOID:0000000002978103
JMBIA0881GB
*1: When a malfunction is detected, MIL *2: MIL will not light up after ignition *3: When a malfunction is detected for
will light up. switch is turned OFF. the first time, the DTC will be stored in
ECM.
*4: Other screens except “SELF-DIAG- *5: The DTC will not be displayed any
NOSTIC RESULTS” cannot display longer after vehicle is driven 40 times
the malfunction. (Driving pattern A) without the same
malfunction. (The DTC still remain in
ECM.)

DRIVING PATTERN A
A
EC
MBIB0923E F
• The counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the counter reaches 40.
G

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injec-
tion control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly operates
actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper
and stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no mal-
functions such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the
engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs inter-

mittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
test with CONSULT-III or a circuit tester connected should be per-
formed. Follow the “WORK FLOW”.
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
on “Worksheet Sample” should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically con-
SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle.
WORK FLOW

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
PBIB2218E
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG RE- *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system M
SULTS” is other than “0”, perform form EC-242. cannot be performed, check main
EC-242. power supply and ground circuit. Re-
fer to EC-243.
N
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be de-
tected, perform EC-242.
Description for Work Flow O
STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the “DI- P
STEP I
AGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”.
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-III) the DTC and the freeze frame data,
then erase the DTC. The DTC and the freeze frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
Refer to EC-207, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
STEP II If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-242.
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by DTC, and the symptom described by the customer. (The “Symp-
tom Matrix Chart” will be useful. Refer to EC-218, "Symptom Matrix Chart".) Also check related service bulletins for
information.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
STEP DESCRIPTION
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The “DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET” and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-III
STEP III to the vehicle and check real time diagnosis results.
If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-242.
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the DTC and the
freeze frame data by using CONSULT-III.
During the DTC verification, be sure to connect CONSULT-III to the vehicle and check real time diagnosis results.
STEP IV If the incident cannot be verified, perform EC-242.
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The DTC cannot
be displayed by this check, however, this simplified “check” is an effective alternative.
The “NG” result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to Trouble Diagnosis for DTC PXXXX.
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the Basic Inspection, EC-214, "Basic Inspection". Then perform inspections
according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. Refer to EC-218, "Symptom Matrix Chart".
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Gently shake the related connectors, components or wiring harness with CONSULT-III.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-
III. Refer to EC-227, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value" or EC-239, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
STEP VI Mode".
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspec-
tion is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to GI-23, "How to Perform Effi-
cient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “Circuit Inspection”.
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If the malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-242.
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code (DTC P0000) is detected. If the incident is still
STEP VII
detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a different method from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) DTC in ECM. (Refer to
EC-207, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".)
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET

engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to
organize all the information for troubleshooting.
SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
L
MTBL0533
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000002978105 M
chart.
NOTE: N
If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-249.
O

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

1 • U1000 CAN communication line
• P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
• P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
• P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
• P0182 P0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor
• P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor
• P0237 P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor
• P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor
• P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor
• P0563 Battery voltage
• P0605 P0606 P0668 P0669 ECM
• P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 Sensor power supply
• P0700 TCM
• P0705 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
• P1610 - P1616 NATS
• P1622 P1623 Injector adjustment value
• P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor
2 • P0045 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
• P0089 P0628 P0629 P1272 - P1275 Fuel pump
• P0200 - P0204 P1268 - P1271 P2146 - P2149 Fuel injector
• P0380 Glow relay
• P0686 ECM relay
• P0710 P0720 P0725 P0731 P0732 P0733 P0734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P1705 P1716 P1730 P1752 P1757
P1762 P1767 P1772 P1774 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
• P1212 TCS communication line
3 • P0088 P0093 Fuel system
• P0234 Turbocharger system
• P0501 P0502 P0503 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
• P0580 P0581 ASCD steering switch
• P1211 TCS control unit
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
• Headlamp switch is OFF.
• On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light only
small lamps.
• Air conditioner switch is OFF.
• Heater fan switch is OFF.
• Rear defogger switch is OFF.
• Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related incident.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to
MA-9.
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera- A
ture.
>> GO TO 2. EC
SEF142I
2.PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED D
With CONSULT-III
Connect CONSULT-III to the data link connector. E
Without CONSULT-III
Install diesel tacho tester to the vehicle.
F
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
G
With CONSULT-III
1. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Read idle speed. H
M/T: 750±25 rpm (in Neutral position)
A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position)
I
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.
J
OK or NG K
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK L
1. Stop engine.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
OK or NG M
OK >> GO TO 5.
N
5.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM
Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to “AIR BLEEDING”.
O
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
P
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.


TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to “WATER DRAINING”.
>> GO TO 8.
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.

Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER
1. Stop engine.
2. Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace air cleaner filter.
10.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
Check battery voltage.
Voltage: More than 12.13V

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK BATTERY
Refer to SC-4.
OK or NG
OK >> Check charging system. Refer to SC-16.
12.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to “CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE”.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. A
NG >> Follow the instruction of “CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE”.
EC
With CONSULT-III
2. Select “CKPS·RPM (TDC)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. C
3. Read idle speed.

A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position) D
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed. E

F
OK or NG
NG >> 1. Replace fuel injector. G
2. GO TO 3.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS COLD
HARD TO START WHEN ENGINE IS HOT
NO START (without first firing)
NO START (with first firing)
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3
Glow control system 1 1 1 1 1
Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3
EGR system* 3 3
Air cleaner and duct 3 3
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ENGINE CONTROL
Fuel injector adjustment value registration 1 1 1 1

Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1
Vehicle speed signal circuit 1
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 1 1 1
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
A

EC
ENGINE STALL
D
SYSTEM — Basic engine control system E

F
G
WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
H
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
I

J
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 3
Turbocharger boost sensor circuit 1 1 1 K
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit 1 1 1
ENGINE CONTROL
Intake air control valve control solenoid valve circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 L
Ignition switch circuit 1 1 1 1
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 1 1
M
EGR volume control valve circuit* 1 1 1
Cooling fan relay circuit*
Glow relay circuit 1 1 1 N
ECM relay (Self shut-off) circuit 1 1 1 1
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
O
*: If so equipped
P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
OVERHEAT/HIGH ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
ABNORMAL SMOKE COLOR
DEAD BATTERY (UNDER CHARGE)


Can be detected by CONSULT-III?

Malfunction indicator illuminates.

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
Warranty symptom code AG AH AJ AK AL AM AP HA
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 1 1
Fuel injector 3 3 3 4 3 3 1 1
Glow control system 1
Engine body 3 3 3 3 1 3
EGR system* 3
Air cleaner and duct 3
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3
Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 1 1
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fuel injector adjustment value registration 1 1 1 1 1
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1
Vehicle speed signal circuit 1 1
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1
ENGINE CONTROL
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1

Camshaft position sensor circuit 1 1
Turbocharger boost sensor circuit 1 1
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve circuit 1 1
Start signal circuit
Ignition switch circuit
Hear up switch circuit
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1
EGR volume control valve circuit* 1
Cooling fan relay circuit*
Glow relay circuit 1
ECM relay (Self shut-off) circuit 1
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
*: If so equipped
A
EC
MBIB1198E
1. IPDM E/R 2. ECM 3. Glow relay N

4. Turbocharger boost sensor 5. Refrigerant pressure sensor 6. Engine coolant temperature sensor
7. Fuel pump 8. Cooling fan motor 9. Intake air control valve actuator
(If so equipped) O
10. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 11. Mass air flow sensor 12. Turbocharger boost control actuator
valve
13. Camshaft position sensor 14. Glow plug 15. Fuel injector P
16. Fuel rail pressure sensor 17. Intake air control valve control 18. EGR volume control valve
solenoid valve (If so equipped)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MBIB1388E
: Vehicle front
1. Fuel pump temperature sensor 2. Fuel pump 3. Fuel rail pressure relief valve
4. Fuel rail 5. Engine coolant temperature sensor 6. EGR volume control valve
(If so equipped)
7. Fuel rail pressure sensor 8. Camshaft position sensor 9. Refrigerant pressure sensor

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
L
MBIB1249E
: Vehicle front M
1. Glow relay 2. ECM 3. Crankshaft position sensor
(View from under the vehicle)
4. Turbocharger boost sensor 5. ASCD brake switch 6. Stop lamp switch N
(View with front grille removed) (If so equipped)
7. Accelerator pedal position sensor
O

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MBIB1289E
: Vehicle front
1. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 2. Turbocharger control actuator 3. PNP switch (M/T)
valve (view from under the vehicle)
(View with air cleaner upper case re-
moved)
4. Intake air control valve control sole- 5. ASCD steering switch 6. RESSUME/ACCELERATE switch
noid valve (If so equipped)
7. SET/COAST switch 8. MAIN switch 9. CANCEL switch

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
MBWA2108E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MBWA2109E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
PBIB3368E
D
E
PREPARATION
1. ECM located in the engine room passenger side behind coolant
reservoir tank.
F
2. Remove ECM harness connector.
BBIA0537E
3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with I

4. Connect a break-out box and Y-cable adapter between the ECM
and ECM harness connector. J
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
K
L
PBIB1512E

Remarks: Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. M
CAUTION:
age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. N

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
(DC Voltage and Pulse Signal)
+ –
1
(B)
2
— ECM ground — —
(B)
3
(B)
Approximately 7.5V
[Engine is running]
4 Fuel injector power supply • Idle speed
(L/W) (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
at idle
114 MBIB1295E
(B)
Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running]
5 Fuel injector power supply
(O/L) (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)
MBIB1296E
Approximately 6.3V
[Engine is running]
6 114 Turbocharger boost control
(O) (B) solenoid valve
• Idle speed
MBIB0889E
Approximately 8.6V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0890E
Approximately 5.8V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
MBIB0885E
10 114
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0886E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA A
ITEM CONDITION
+ –
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running] EC
(11 - 14V)
15 114 Intake air control valve con-
(L) (B) trol solenoid valve [Ignition switch OFF]
• For a few seconds after turning ignition Approximately 0.3V
switch OFF C
21 Approximately 7.5V
Fuel injector No. 2
(R/W)
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition D
• Idle speed
22 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(R/B)
at idle E
MBIB1297E
114
23 (B)
Fuel injector No. 3 Approximately 8.0V
(O/B) F
[Engine is running]
24 • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
G
Fuel injector No. 3
(O)
MBIB1298E
H
25
(L/W)
26 0.1 - 14V
I
(L) [Engine is running] (Voltage signals of each ECM ter-
114
EGR volume control valve* • Warm-up condition minals differ according to the con-
27 (B)
• Idle speed trol position of EGR volume
(R/W) control valve.) J
28
(R)
0.5 - 1.0V K
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition L
• Idle speed
29 114 MBIB0887E M
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
0.5 - 1.0V
N
[Engine is running]
O
MBIB0888E
37 114
Glow relay Refer to EC-298. P
(L) (B)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
+ –
Fuel injector No. 4
(LG/R)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
41 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 4 The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm
(LG/B)
at idle
MBIB1297E
114
42 (B)
Fuel injector No. 1 Approximately 8.0V
(L/R)
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 1
(L/B)
MBIB1298E
45 114 Camshaft position sensor

[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.3V
(L/O) (B) power supply
Approximately 3.7V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
at idle
46 114 MBIB0879E
Crankshaft position sensor
(R) (B)
Approximately 3.7V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0880E
Approximately 4.9V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
at idle
MBIB0877E
47 114
Camshaft position sensor
(L/Y) (B)
Approximately 4.9V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0878E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA A
ITEM CONDITION
+ –
[Engine is running]
48 EC
(L)
68 • Idle speed
Fuel rail pressure sensor
(L/R) [Engine is running]
49
• Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.0V C
(L)
50 69 Fuel pump temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Output voltage varies with fuel D
(BR) (B) sor • Warm-up condition
pump temperature
51 70 Engine coolant temperature [Engine is running]
Output voltage varies with engine
(B/R) (R/L) sensor • Warm-up condition E
coolant temperature
[Engine is running]
52 71 • Idle speed F
Turbocharger boost sensor
(SB) (P) [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm G
[Engine is running]
53 72 • Warm-up condition
Refrigerant pressure sensor 0.7 - 3.7V
(W) (BR) • Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON
(Compressor operates) H
[Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 0.4V
[Engine is running]
I
54 73 • Idle speed
Mass air flow sensor
(G) (B)
[Engine is running] 1.3 - 1.8V to Approximately 4.0V
• Warm-up condition (Check for liner voltage rise in re- J
• Engine is revving from idle to about 4,000 sponse to engine being increased
rpm. to about 4,000 rpm)
55 74 Intake air temperature sen- [Engine is running]

Approximately 0 - 4.9V K
Output voltage varies with intake
(W) (R) sor • Warm-up condition
air temperature
63 68 Fuel rail pressure sensor L
(L/W) (L/R) power supply
Sensor power supply
64 71
(Turbocharger boost sensor / [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5.0V
(G/W) (P) M
Refrigerant pressure sensor)
65 Crankshaft position sensor
— — —
(B) ground
66 Camshaft position sensor
N
— — —
(W/L) ground
Sensor ground
67 — — — O
(Sensor shield circuit)
68 Fuel rail pressure sensor
— — —
(L/R) ground
69 Fuel pump temperature sen- P
— — —
(B) sor ground
70 Engine coolant temperature
— — —
(R/L) sensor ground
71 Turbocharger boost sensor
— — —
(P) ground

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
+ –
72 Refrigerant pressure sensor
— — —
(BR) ground
73
— Mass air flow sensor ground — —
(B)
74 Intake air temperature sen-
— — —
(R) sor ground
82 84 Accelerator pedal position
(W) (R) sensor 1 power supply
[Ignition switch ON]
83 84 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(B) (R) sensor 1 [Ignition switch ON]
• Engine: Stopped More than 4.3V
84 Accelerator pedal position
— — —
(R) sensor 1 ground
87
— CAN communication line — —
(P)
89 114
Data link connector — —
(SB) (B)
90 92 Accelerator pedal position
(W) (O) sensor 2 power supply
91 92 Accelerator pedal position • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(W/L) (O) sensor 2 [Ignition switch ON]
92 Accelerator pedal position
— — —
(O) sensor 2 ground
95
(L)
99 114
Start signal BATTERY VOLTAGE
(BR/W) (B) [Ignition switch START]
(11 - 14V)
[Ignition switch OFF]
Approximately 0V
100 114 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch
(Y) (B) [Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
101 114 Fully released (M/T)
ASCD brake switch*
(LG) (B) [Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA A
ITEM CONDITION
+ –
Approximately 4.0V EC
Approximately 0V
• ON/OFF switch: Pressed
102 103 [Ignition switch ON] C
ASCD steering switch* Approximately 1.0V
(SB) (B/W) • CANCEL switch: Pressed
Approximately 3.0V
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed D
Approximately 2.0V
103 ASCD steering switch E
— — —
(B/W) ground*
[Ignition switch OFF] F
Approximately 1.0V
105 114 switch OFF
ECM relay (self shut-off)
(W/B) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE G
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
107
(W/L) H
114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Ignition switch [Ignition switch ON]
108 (B) (11 - 14V)
(W/L)
I
Approximately 0V
110 114 • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Park/Neutral position switch
(O) (B) [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Except the above position (11 - 14V) J
Approximately 1.0V
• For a few seconds after turning ignition K
113 114 switch OFF
(W/B) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning igni- L
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
114
(B)
M
119
(R) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch ON]
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(R/L) N
121 114 Power supply for ECM BATTERY VOLTAGE
(R/W) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14V)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) O
*: If so equipped

P
FUNCTION

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Diagnostic test mode Function

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following
Work support
the indications on the CONSULT-III unit.
Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results such as DTC and freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.*
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also
Active test
shifts some parameters in a specified range.
This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic mainte-
Function test
nance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE A

SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Item DATA MON-
FREEZE ACTIVE
ITOR
DTC FRAME TEST EC
DATA
Crankshaft position sensor × × ×
Camshaft position sensor × C
Vehicle speed signal × × ×
D
Fuel pump temperature sensor × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 × × E
Fuel rail pressure sensor × ×
Mass air flow sensor × ×
F
Intake air temperature sensor ×
INPUT
Turbocharger boost sensor × × ×
Refrigerant pressure sensor × G
Battery voltage × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch ×
Heat up switch ×
H

Barometric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) × ×
I
ASCD clutch switch × × J
Fuel pump × × ×
Fuel injector × × ×
K
Glow relay × × ×
OUTPUT
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve × × L
Electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve ×
Intake air control valve control solenoid valve
M
EGR volume control valve × ×
X: Applicable
WORK SUPPORT MODE N
Work Item
O
WORK ITEM DESCRIPTION USAGE
ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA • Injector adjustment value is written onto ECM memory. When performing Injector Adjust-
ment Value Registration.
P

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
CONFIG CLR • ASCD application status stored in ECM is initialized. When initializing ASCD applica-
NOTE: tion status stored in ECM.
After the status is initialized, ECM recognizes ASCD appli-
cation status when the following conditions are met.
• For ASCD: ASCD MAIN switch is pressed.
INJ ADJ VAL CLR • Injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized. Before changing injector adjust-
ment value stored in ECM, it is
recommended to perform this
work item.
*: The signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items detected in “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode, refer to — EC-192, "DTC No. Index".
Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item Description

DIAG TROUBLE CODE • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”.
[PXXXX] (Refer to EC-192, "DTC No. Index".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
[km/h] or [mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] • The intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
DATA MONITOR MODE

• The engine speed computed from the
CKPS·RPM (TDC) [rpm] crankshaft position sensor signal is dis-
played.
When the engine coolant temperature circuit
• The engine coolant temperature (deter-
is open or short, ECM enters fail-safe mode.
COOLAN TEMP/S [°C] or [°F] mined by the signal voltage of the engine
The engine coolant temperature determined
coolant temperature sensor) is displayed.
• The vehicle speed computed form the ve-
VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph]
hicle speed signal is displayed.
• The fuel temperature (determined by the
FUEL TEMP SEN [°C] or [°F] signal voltage of the fuel pump tempera-
ture sensor) is displayed.
This signal is converted by ECM internally.
• The accelerator pedal position sensor 1
ACCEL POS SEN [V] Thus, these differ from ECM terminals volt-
signal voltage is displayed.
age.
• The accelerator pedal position sensor 2
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] Thus, these differ from ECM terminals volt-
signal voltage is displayed.
age.
• The Fuel rail pressure (determined by the
ACT CR PRESS [MPa] signal voltage of the fuel rail pressure sen-
sor) is displayed.
• The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT [V]
played.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the
P/N POSI SW [ON/OFF]
park/neutral position switch signal.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
START SIGNAL [ON/OFF]
starter signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
BRAKE SW [ON/OFF] EC
lamp switch signal.
BRAKE SW2 [ON/OFF] ASCD brake switch and ASCD clutch
switch signal. C
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition
IGN SW [ON/OFF]
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from heat up D
WARM UP SW [ON/OFF]
switch signal.
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sen-
MAS AIR/FL SE [V] Thus, these differ from ECM terminals volt- E
sor is displayed.
age.
• Indicates the amount of actual fuel injec-
TARGET F/INJ [mm3/] tion compensated by ECM according to the
input signals.
F
• Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse
MAIN INJ WID [msec] width compensated by ECM according to
the input signals. G
• Indicates the fuel injection timing (BTDC)
TARG INJ TIMG [°] computed by ECM according to the input
signals. H
• Indicates the fuel pump power supply cur-
PUMP CURRENT [mA]
rent from the ECM.
• The glow relay control condition (deter- I
GLOW RLY [ON/OFF] mined by ECM according to the input sig-
nal) is displayed.
• Indicates the control condition of the cool- J
ing fans (determined by ECM according to
the input signal).
COOLING FAN*1 [LOW/HI/OFF]
LOW ... Operates at low speed
HI ... Operates at high speed K
OFF ... Stopped
• Indicates the control condition of the cool-
ing fans (determined by ECM according to L
the input signal).
LOW ... Operation
HI ... Operation
OFF ... Stopped M
• Indicates the EGR volume control value
computed by the ECM according to the in-
EGR VOL CON/V [step] put signals.
N
• The opening becomes larger as the value
increases.
• Indicates the turbocharger boost control
TC V/N CONT/V [%] solenoid valve control value computed by O
the ECM according to the input signals.
• The intake air volume computed from the
INT/A VOLUME [mg/]
mass air flow sensor signal is displayed. P
• The barometric pressure (determined by
the signal voltage from the absolute pres-
BARO SEN [kPa]
sure sensor built into the ECM) is dis-
played.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• The control condition of the electronic con-
trolled engine mount control solenoid valve
(determined by ECM according to the input
signals) is indicated.
ENGINE MOUNT [IDLE/TRVL]
TRAVL: Electronic controlled engine
mount control solenoid valve is operating.
IDLE: Electronic controlled engine mount
control solenoid valve is not operating.
• Turbocharger boost (determined by the
INT/M PRES SE [kPa] signal voltage from the turbocharger boost
sensor) is displayed.
• The cylinder being injected is displayed.
1 ... Cylinder No.1 is injected.
CYL COUNT [1/2/3/4] 2 ... Cylinder No.2 is injected.
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant
AC PRESS SEN [V]
pressure sensor is displayed.
*1: VIN<VSK***D40**331129
*2: VIN>VSK***D40**331129
NOTE:
ACTIVE TEST MODE
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

• Engine: After warming up, idle the
engine.
• A/C switch: OFF • Harness and connectors
POWER BAL-
• Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral Engine runs rough or dies. • Compression
ANCE
(M/T) • Fuel injector
• Cut off each injector signal one at
a time using CONSULT-III
• Harness and connector
• Operate the cooling fan at LOW, Cooling fan moves at LOW, HI
COOLING FAN * • Cooling fan motor
HI speed and turn OFF using speed and stops.
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original trou- • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT ble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature sen-
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Glow relay makes the operating • Harness and connector
GLOW RLY • Turn the glow relay ON and OFF
sound. • Glow relay
using CONSULT-III and listen to
operating sound.
EGR VOL CONT/ • Change EGR volume control EGR volume control valve makes an • Harness and connector
V valve opening step using CON- operating sound. • EGR volume control valve
SULT-III.
PRES REGULA- • Fuel line
• Change fuel rail pressure using Fuel leaks.
TOR • Fuel pressure relief valve
CONSULT-III
PUMP LEANT • This mode is used for performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-205, "Fuel Pump Learning
CLEAR Value Clearing".
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Remarks:
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. EC
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indi- Almost the same speed as the ta-
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
cation. chometer indication C
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedome- Almost the same speed as the
VHCL SPEED SE D
ter indication speedometer indication
FUEL TEMP SEN • Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F)
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.65 - 0.87V

ACCEL POS SEN*1 E
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 4.3V

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 2.0V F
Ignition switch: ON
Approximately 0.4V
(Engine stopped)
• Engine: After warming up
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Idle 1.3 - 1.8V G
MAS AIR/FL SE • Shift lever:
1.3 - 1.8V to Approximately 4.0V
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Engine is revving from idle to about (Check for liner voltage rise in re-
• No load
4,000 rpm. sponse to engine being increased H
to about 4,000 rpm)
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
Shift lever: I
ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Except above OFF
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF J
K
• Brake pedal: Fully released (A/T)
• Clutch pedal and brake pedal: OFF
Fully released (M/T)
L
• Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
(A/T)
ON
Slightly depressed (M/T) M
IGN SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF ON → OFF
• Engine: After warming up Idle 25 - 35 MPa
• Air conditioner switch: OFF N
ACT CR PRESS • Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 40 - 50 MPa
• No load
O
• Engine: After warming up Idle 4.00 - 10.00 mm3/
TARGET F/INJ • Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 6.00 - 12.00 mm3/
P
• No load
• Engine: After warming up No load 0.50 - 0.70 msec
• Shift lever:
MAIN INJ WID Blower fan switch: ON
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 0.50 - 0.80 msec
• Idle speed Rear window defogger switch: ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TARG INJ TIMG • Shift lever: Idle –1.0 - 1.0 °
• No load
GLOW RLY Refer to EC-298.
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA
PUMP CURRENT • Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1,500 - 1,900 mA
• No load
• Engine: After warming up After 1 minute at idle More than 10 steps
EGR VOL CON/V*2 • Shift lever: Revving engine from idle to 3,200
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 0 step
rpm
• No load
• When cooling fan is stopped OFF
2 • When cooling fans operate at low speed LOW
COOLING FAN*
• When cooling fans operate at high speed HI
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 66%
TC V/N CONT/V • Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 40%
• No load
INT/A VOLUME • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 150 - 450 mg/
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 100.00 kPa
INT/M PRES SE 3,600 rpm Approx. 140.00 kPa
• Shift lever:
[kPa]
4,000 rpm Approx. 135.00 kPa
• No load
Altitude
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2, 14.59
psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95
kPa (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2,
BARO SEN • Ignition switch: ON 12.90 psi)
kPa (0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2,
12.06 psi)
kPa (0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2,
11.36 psi)
CYL COUNT • Engine is running 1→3→4→2
VDC APPLY • Ignition switch: ON NO
SET SW*2 • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
OFF
Released
2 • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACC SW*
ON
Pressed
CANCEL SW*2 • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN SW*2 • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Pressed ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
Models with ASCD YES
ASCD APPLY*2 • Ignition switch: ON
Models without ASCD NO
• Engine: Idle EC
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. C
*1: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage.
*2: If so equipped

Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent incidents
occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred
may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indi-
cate the specific malfunctioning area.
COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENT REPORT SITUATIONS

II The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0”.
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area.
1.INSPECTION START
Erase DTCs. Refer to EC-207, "Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT
TESTS”.
OK or NG

A
Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. EC
CAUTION:
C
TERMINAL NO.
(Wire color) DATA
ITEM CONDITION
+ – D
1
(B)
2 E
(B)
3
(B)
F
Approximately 1.0V
105 114 switch OFF
(W/B) (B)
ECM relay (self shut-off) G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
tion switch OFF
H
107
(W/L) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
108 (B) (11 - 14V)
I
(W/L)
Approximately 1.0V J
113 114 switch OFF
(W/B) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
K
tion switch OFF
114
(B) L
119
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(R/L) M
(R/W) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14V)
N

MBWA2110E
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.
Is engine running?
Yes or No

Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
EC
with CONSULT-III or tester.
Voltage: Battery voltage C

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4.
D
NG >> GO TO 3.
E
MBIB0610E

Check the following. F
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse G
>> Repair harness or connectors.

4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-I H
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-248, "Ground Inspection". I
L
JMBIA1097ZZ
: Vehicle front
M
1. Body ground E21 2. ECM 3. ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
4. Body ground E61
N
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. O
2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 2, 3, 114 and ground. P

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.

NG >> GO TO 6.

7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery

voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop
approximately 0V.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO PBIB1630E
10.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 10.
MBIB1236E

3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and IPDM E/R terminal 3, ECM terminal 120 and
IPDM E/R terminal 4.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.

Continuity should exist. A

OK or NG
EC
OK >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI C
Check voltage between ECM terminal 121 and ground with CON-
SULT-III or tester.
D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. E
NG >> GO TO 12.
F
MBIB0026E
12.CHECK 20A FUSE

G
2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
H
OK >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-II I
2. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-248, "Ground Inspection". J
M
JMBIA1097ZZ
: Vehicle front
N
(control unit)
4. Body ground E61
O
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.
P
1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 1, 2, 3, 114 and ground.


OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-242.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:
• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc.
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
PBIB1870E

DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE
A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
D
E
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
U1000 CAN communication (CAN communication line is open or F
communication signal of OBD (emission-related
1000 line shorted)
diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
(Refer to LAN-41)
G
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at H
2. Check DTC. I

TBWB1334E

DTC P0016 CKP - CMP CORRELATION
A
The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. EC

NOTE:
or P0653. Refer to EC-316.
C
• Camshaft position sensor
The correlation between crankshaft position D
P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft • Crankshaft position sensor
sensor signal and camshaft position sensor
0016 position correlation • Timing chain
signal is out of the normal range.
• Signal plate
E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
2. Check DTC. G

DTC P0045 TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls
the actuator. By changing the variable nozzle vane opening through
the rods, the intake air volume is adjusted.
MBIB0626E
The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve (1) is moved by ON/

OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air
pressure rises.
• : Vehicle front
• Alternator (2)
MBIB1206E
An improper voltage is sent to ECM (The solenoid valve circuit is
P0045 Turbocharger boost control solenoid
through turbocharger boost control so- open or shorted.)
0045 valve circuit / open
lenoid valve. • Turbocharger boost control so-
lenoid valve
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1335E
P

DTC P0088 FUEL SYSTEM
NOTE:
• Fuel pump
P0088 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the speci-
Fuel rail pressure too high • Fuel injector
0088 fied value.
• Fuel rail pressure sensor
NOTE:
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 20 seconds.
3. Check DTC.

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
A

NOTE:
C
• Fuel pump
D
P0089 • Air mixed with fuel
Fuel pump performance Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target value.
0089 • Lack of fuel
E
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at F
2. Let engine idle for at least 30 seconds. G
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. H

NOTE:
• Fuel pump
ECM detects a fuel system leak. • Fuel rail
P0093 (The relation between the output voltage to the • Fuel pipe
Fuel system leak
0093 fuel pump and input voltage from the fuel rail • Fuel rail pressure relief valve
pressure sensor is out of the normal range.) • Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel system. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not
be confirmed.
NOTE:
• Make sure that there is no fire hazard near the vehicle.
• Before performing the following procedure, cool down engine.
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Open engine hood and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not.
If there are any signs, check possible cause items.
If there is no signs, go to next step.
2. Check oil level.
If oil level is above the proper range, check possible cause items.
If oil level is within the proper range, go to next step.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room.
If fuel leakage is found, check possible cause items.
If fuel leakage is not found, go to next step.
4. Select “ACT CR PRESS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
5. Check the fuel rail pressure at the idle speed.
Fuel rail pressure: 25 - 35 MPa

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
2. Check oil level.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room.

4. Check voltage between ECM terminal 48, 49 and ground under
the following conditions. A
Idle speed: 1.4 - 1.7 V

5. If NG, check possible cause items. EC
PBIB3493E

DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
PBIA9559J
(The sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
P0101 Mass air flow sensor cir- Improper voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM
• Intake air leaks
0101 cuit range/performance compared with the driving condition.
• Air cleaner
• Intake air temperature sensor
• EGR volume control valve
• Turbocharger boost sensor
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Drive vehicle under the following condition.
CKPS·RPM Approx. 2,800 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE 70 - 100 km/h (43 - 62 MPH)
4th position (M/T)
Shift lever
D position (A/T)
5. Release accelerator pedal for at least 10 seconds.
Do not depress brake pedal during this procedure.
6. Check DTC.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III

Engine speed Approx. 2,800 rpm A

Vehicle speed 70 - 100 km/h (43 - 62 MPH)
4th position (M/T)
Shift lever EC
D position (A/T)
C
4. Check DTC.
D

TBWB1336E

A
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It EC
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The D
PBIA9559J E
The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses. F
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors G
0102 low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0103 high input sent to ECM. • Mass air flow sensor
H
NOTE: I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. J
2. Check DTC.
K

TBWB1336E

DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A
The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor EC
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor C
decreases in response to the temperature rise.
PBIA9559J E
<Reference data>
F
Intake air
temperature [°C (°F)]
25 (77) 2.4 1.800 - 2.200 G
80 (176) 0.8 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 55 (Intake
air temperature sensor) and ground. H
CAUTION:
Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output SEF012P
voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. I

Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground.
J
K
P0112 Intake air temperature sen- An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0112 sor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0113 Intake air temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
L
0113 sor circuit high input sent to ECM. • Intake air temperature sensor

M
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. O

TBWB1337E

A
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine EC

the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther- C
SEF594K E
<Reference data>
F
Engine coolant tempera-
ture [°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.7 7.0 - 11.4 G
20 (68) 3.8 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.6 0.68 - 1.00
H
90 (194) 1.3 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 51 (Engine
SEF012P
CAUTION: I
J

K
P0117 Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0117 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short- L
P0118 Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0118 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM. • Engine coolant temperature sensor
M
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at N
2. Check DTC. O

TBWB1338E

A

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensors detect the accelera-
tor pedal position and sends a signal to the ECM. The ECM uses the
signal to determine the amount of fuel to be injected.
C
PBIB1741E E

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0642 or P0643. Refer to EC-314.
G
0122 sensor 1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
H
shorted.)
0123 sensor 1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) I
NOTE: J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. K
2. Check DTC.
L

TBWB1339E

DTC P0182, P0183 FUEL PUMP TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
Fuel pump temperature sensor is built in the fuel pump. The sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel EC
pump and calibrates the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.
C
D
P0182 Fuel pump temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0182 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0183 Fuel pump temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
• Fuel pump temperature sensor
E
0183 sensor circuit high input sent to ECM.
F
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G
2. Check DTC.
3. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. H

TBWB1340E

DTC P0192, P0193 FRP SENSOR
A
The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor (1) is placed to the fuel rail. It EC
measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor sends voltage
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by the inlet throt-
tling device. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sensor C
as a feedback signal.
MBIB1202E E

NOTE:
G
P0192 Fuel rail pressure sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0192 circuit low input sent to ECM.
H
P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0193 circuit high input sent to ECM. • Fuel rail pressure sensor
I
NOTE: J
K
2. Check DTC.
L

TBWB1341E

DTC P0200 FUEL INJECTOR
A
EC
P0200 Fuel injector power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for the
• ECM
0200 circuit fuel injector is excessively high or low.
C
NOTE: D
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. E
2. Check DTC.
F

DTC P0201 - P0204 FUEL INJECTOR
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the needle valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the cylinder. The
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration.
Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open.
The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel
needs.
PBIB0465E
P0201 No. 1 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
0201 circuit open through No. 1 cylinder fuel injector.
0202 circuit open through No. 2 cylinder fuel injector. • Harness or connectors
(The fuel injector circuit is open.)
P0203 No. 3 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM • Fuel injector
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION
Before performing the following procedure, confirm the ambient temperature is more than -20°C (-4°F).
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1342E
P

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (WITH ELECTRIC COOLING FAN)
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (WITH ELECTRIC COOLING
FAN)
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
If DTC P0217 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-249.
Cooling Fan Control
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature IPDM E/R
Cooling fan control
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal* (Cooling fan relays)
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure

*: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF].
MBIB1266E

Cooling fan relay

Cooling fan speed
1 2
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) ON ON
Cooling Fan Motor

Cooling fan motor terminals A

Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
1 3 and 4
Low (LOW) EC
2 3 and 4
C

MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. D
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is E
indicated.
F
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
• Cooling fan does not operate properly • Cooling fan G
(Overheat). • Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven)
• Cooling fan system does not operate • Radiator hose
P0217 Engine over temperature properly (Overheat). • Radiator
0217 (Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the sys- • Radiator cap H
tem using the proper filling method. • Reservoir tank
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank cap
range. • Water pump
• Thermostat I
For more information, refer to EC-281, "Main
12 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION: J
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-28, "Changing Engine
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-35, "Changing Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to K
Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000003355544 L
firmed.
M
WARNING:
• Never remove a radiator cap and/or a reservoir tank cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could
be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator and/or the reservoir tank.
• Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up N
WITH CONSULT-III O

Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level.
cause items.
cause items.
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-III. SEF621W
5. If the results are NG, check possible cause items.

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
cause items.
cause items.
SEF621W
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PG-18, "Auto Active
Test".

EC
MBWA2111E

MBWA2112E


OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking EC
• Blocked bumper
C
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir
tank and radiator filler neck
D
4 • Reservoir tank cap • Pressure tester See CO-43, "Standard and Limit".
6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower Both hoses should be hot E
ON*2
radiator hoses
ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT-III Operating

F
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft driv-
ON*2 7
en)
• Visual Operating
OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative

tester 4 Gas analyzer G
• Coolant overflow to reservoir • Visual No overflow during driving and idling
H
tank
OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from reservoir • Visual Should be initial level in reservoir tank
tank to radiator
I
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion
(warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston
J
K

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (WITHOUT ELECTRIC COOLING
FAN)
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (WITHOUT ELECTRIC COOL-
ING FAN)

rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.
• Cooling fan
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- • Radiator hose
heat). • Radiator
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly • Radiator cap
P0217 Engine over temperature (Overheat). • Reservoir tank
0217 (Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system • Reservoir tank cap
using the proper filling method. • Water pump
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Thermostat
range. For more information, refer to EC-283,
CAUTION:
firmed.
WARNING:
• Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
cause items.
cause items.
SEF621W

FAN)

OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking EC
• Blocked bumper
C
D
4 • Reservoir tank cap • Pressure tester 78 - 117.8 kPa
(0.78 - 1.18 bar, 0.8 - 1.2 kg/cm2,
11 - 17 psi) (Limit)
E
diator hoses F
1 7 • Cooling fan • Visual Operating
ON*
4 Gas analyzer G
ON*2 9 • Coolant temperature gauge • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driv-
ing
• Coolant overflow to reservoir • Visual No overflow during driving and H
tank idling
tank to radiator tank I
tortion (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or J
piston
*2: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. K

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

PBIB1741E

NOTE:
0222 sensor 2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
0223 sensor 2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1345E
P

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls
MBIB0626E

OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air
pressure rises.
• : Vehicle front
• Alternator (2)
MBIB1206E

NOTE:
• Turbocharger
P0234 Turbocharger overboost ECM detects turbocharger boost pressure • Vacuum pump
0234 condition is excessively high. • Turbocharger boost sensor
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be
confirmed.
2. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator (1) rod moves
slightly when engine is started.
MBIB1207E

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
EC
TBWB1335E
P

DTC P0237, P0238 TC BOOST SENSOR
The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of

the charge air cooler. The sensor output voltage to the ECM
increases as pressure increases.
MBIB0614E
MBIB0899E

NOTE:
P0237 Turbocharger boost sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0237 circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is ed.)
0238 circuit high input sent to ECM. • Turbocharger boost sensor
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1347E
P

DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder

olution.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing
magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM
receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine
revolution.
MBIB1323E
NOTE:
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect by (The sensor circuit is open or short-
0335 circuit the ECM when engine is running. ed.)
• Crankshaft position sensor
NOTE:
If engine can not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2113E

The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder

olution.
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing
revolution.
MBIB1323E
NOTE:
P0336 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the
ed.)
0336 circuit range/performance normal pattern when engine is running.
• Signal plate
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2113E

DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
shaft (left side) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
(CMP) sensor senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls
of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification sig-
nals.
MBIB1323E
change.
NOTE:
P0340 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect by (The sensor circuit is open or short-
0340 circuit the ECM when engine is running. ed.)
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2114E

The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam-
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls
nals.
MBIB1323E
change.
NOTE:
• Harness connectors
(The sensor circuit is opener shorted.)
P0341 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the nor- • Camshaft position sensor
0341 circuit range/performance mal pattern when engine is running. • Signal plate
• Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-5)
• Signal plate
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2114E

DTC P0380 GLOW RELAY
An excessively low voltage is sent to ECM (The glow relay circuit is open or
through glow relay. shorted.)
P0380 • Glow relay
Glow relay circuit
0380 • Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage is sent to ECM (The glow relay circuit is short-
through glow relay. ed.)
• Glow relay
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1350E
P

The ECM receives vehicle speed signal via CAN communication line. It is sent from combination meter. The
ECM uses this signal for ASCD control.

MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis.
NOTE:
• If DTC P0501 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer
to EC-249.
to EC-311.
DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause
shorted)
(Refer to LAN-13)
P0501 Vehicle speed sensor range/ A change of vehicle speed signal is ex-
(Refer to DI-11)
0501 performance cessively large during specified time.
(Refer to BRC-15)
• Wheel sensor
(Refer to BRC-15)
• ECM
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 10 km/h (6 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.

A
The ECM receives vehicle speed signal via CAN communication line. It is sent from combination meter. The EC
C
NOTE:
• If DTC P0502 is displayed with DTC U1000 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer D
to EC-249.
to EC-311. E
shorted)
(Refer to LAN-13)
• Combination meter G
P0502 Vehicle speed sensor circuit Vehicle speed signal is excessively low
(Refer to DI-11)
0502 low input compared with the driving condition.
(Refer to BRC-15)
• Wheel sensor
H
(Refer to BRC-15)
• ECM
I
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. J
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K
TESTING CONDITION:
L
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. M
3. Maintain the following condition for at least 5 seconds.
CKPS·RPM (TDC) More than 2,800 rpm N

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140 °F)
Clutch pedal Fully released
O
Shift lever 1st position
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. P
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
TESTING CONDITION:

Engine speed More than 2,800 rpm

Clutch pedal (M/T) Released
4. Check DTC.

A
C
NOTE:
to EC-249.
to EC-311. E
shorted)
(Refer to LAN-13)
P0503 Vehicle speed sensor circuit Vehicle speed signal is excessively high
(Refer to DI-11)
0503 high input compared with the driving condition.
(Refer to BRC-15)
• Wheel sensor
H
(Refer to BRC-15)
• ECM
I
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
L
1. Start engine.
3. Check DTC.
M

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) and
stop lamp switch (2) are turned ON. ECM detects the state of the
brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
MBIB1214E

MIL will not light up for this diagnosis.
(The stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
• When the vehicle speed is above 5 km/h
(3 MPH), ON signal from the stop lamp
P0504 (The ASCD clutch switch circuit is open or
ASCD brake switch switch and OFF signal from the ASCD
0504 shorted.)
brake switch are sent to the ECM at the
• Stop lamp switch
same time.
• ASCD brake switch
• ASCD clutch switch
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation
• ECM
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up.

Shift lever Suitable position
5. Check DTC.

If DTC is not detected, go to the following step.
7. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition. A

EC
the above-mentioned condition. C
8. Check DTC.
D
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up. E
F
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. G
5. Perform Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results) with ECM.
If DTC is detected, check possible cause items.
If DTC is not detected, go to the following step. H
6. Start engine.
I
J
the above-mentioned condition.
8. Check DTC. K
L

MBWA2115E

DTC P0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE
A
• Battery C
P0563 An excessively high voltage from the battery is • Battery terminal
Battery voltage high
0563 sent to ECM. • Alternator
• Incorrect jump starting
D
NOTE:
E
F
2. Check DTC.
G

DTC P0580, P0581 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
MBIB1761E
1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 3. SET/COAST switch

4. MAIN switch 5. CANCEL switch

MIL will not light up for these diagnoses.
NOTE:
Refer to EC-310.
P0580 ASCD steering switch circuit • ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch • Harness or connectors
0580 low input is stuck ON. (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P0581 ASCD steering switch circuit • An excessively high voltage signal from the • ASCD steering switch
0581 high input ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • ECM
NOTE:
onds.
5. Press SET COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2116E

DTC P0605 ECM
DTC P0605 ECM

MBIB0625E
P0605 Engine control module
ECM ROM is malfunctioning. • ECM
0605 (ROM)
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

DTC P0606 ECM
DTC P0606 ECM
A
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal EC

MBIB0625E E
F
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. • ECM
0606 (Processor) G
NOTE: H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. I
2. Check DTC.
J

DTC P0628, P0629 FUEL PUMP
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel increases, the fuel pump raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to the fuel
pump to raise the injection pressure.
P0628 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is • Harness or connectors
0628 low input open or short to ground. (The fuel pump circuit is open or
P0629 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel pump is shorted.)
0629 high input short to power. • Fuel pump
NOTE:
2. Let engine idle for at least 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA2117E

DTC P0642, P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
P0642 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source for sen- • Harness or connectors
0642 cuit low sor is excessively low. (The APP sensor 1 power supply cir-
cuit is shorted.)
P0643 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source for Sen- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
0643 cuit high sor is excessively high. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1352E
P

P0652 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source • Harness or connectors
0652 cuit low for sensor is excessively low. (APP sensor 2 power supply circuit is shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0653 Sensor power supply cir- ECM detects a voltage of power source • Accelerator pedal position sensor
0653 cuit high for sensor is excessively high. (APP sensor 2)
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1353E
P

DTC P0668, P0669 ECM

MBIB0625E
P0668 ECM internal temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0668 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
• ECM
P0669 ECM internal temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
NOTE:

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
A
• Harness or connectors C
P0686 ECM detects ECM relay is stuck closed even if ig-
ECM relay circuit (The ECM relay circuit is shorted.)
0686 nition switch OFF.
• ECM relay
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000002978223 D
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at E
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF.
2. Wait at least 30 seconds. F
4. Check DTC.
5. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. G

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
MBWA2118E

DTC P1211 TCS CONTROL UNIT
A
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from “ABS EC
actuator and electric unit (control unit)” to ECM.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C

D
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control
P1211 ECM receives a malfunction information from unit) E
TCS control unit
1211 “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. (Refer to BRC-15, "Self-Diagnosis")
• TCS related parts
F
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at G
2. Check DTC. H

DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
NOTE:
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to
EC-249.
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
(The CAN communication line is open
or shorted.)
ECM can not receive the information from “ABS (Refer to LAN-41, "CAN System
P1212
TCS communication line actuator and electric unit (control unit)” continu- Specification Chart")
1212
ously. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)
(Refer to BRC-15, "Self-Diagnosis")
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

A
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM EC
amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. C
needs. D
PBIB0465E E
The valve built into No. 1 cylinder fuel injector is not G
P1268
No. 1 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not
1268
energized.
The valve built into No. 2 cylinder fuel injector is not H
P1269 • Harness or connectors
No. 2 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not
1269 (The fuel injector circuit is open
energized.
or shorted.)
The valve built into No. 3 cylinder fuel injector is not • Injector adjustment value
P1270 I
No. 3 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not • Fuel injector
1270
energized.
The valve built into No. 4 cylinder fuel injector is not
P1271
No. 4 cylinder fuel injector closed properly (stuck open) when the injector is not J
1271
energized.

K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv-
ing. L
NOTE:
M
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
2. Check DTC. N
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds. O
CKPS·RPM 700 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)

P
COOLAN TEMP/S Less than 75°C (167°F)
Accelerator pedal Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
5. Check DTC.

WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes.
2. Check DTC.
4. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 70 (engine coolant temperature sensor signal) and ground.
5. Restart engine and drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.
Engine speed 700 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)

Voltage between ECM
More than 0.6V
terminal 70 and ground
6. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1342E
P

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
When the fuel pressure in fuel rail increases to excessively high, fuel
pressure relief valve (1) opens to carry excess fuel to the return
hose.
• : Vehicle front
• Fuel rail (2)
MBIB1199E

NOTE:
(Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel rail pressure relief valve is open be-
P1272 Fuel rail pressure relief • Fuel pump
cause of fuel pressure control system mal-
1272 valve open • Fuel rail pressure sensor
function.
• Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel
NOTE:
1. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the acceler-
ator pedal.
2. Check DTC.

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
EC
MBWA2117E

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel pump increases, the fuel raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,

NOTE:
(The fuel pump circuit is open or
shorted.)
P1273 • Fuel pump
Fuel pump insufficient flow ECM detects the abnormal pulse of fuel pressure.
1273 • Injector adjustment value
• Lack of fuel
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
EC
MBWA2117E

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
NOTE:
P1274 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target
Fuel pump protection shorted.)
1274 value.
• Fuel pump
NOTE:
1. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
EC
MBWA2117E

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to fuel
NOTE:
P1275 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the target
Fuel pump exchange shorted.)
1275 value.
• Fuel pump
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
EC
MBWA2117E

DTC P1622 INJECTOR ADJUSTMENT VALUE
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injec-
A performance of emission control and a driveability may effect when there is a mismatch between the follow-
ing two values.
• The injector adjustment value of the fuel injector which is installed on the vehicle
MBIB1251E
• Injector adjustment value
P1622 Injector adjustment value (Injector adjustment value has not
Injector adjustment value is not stored in ECM.
1622 data uninput been written onto ECM memory yet,
or the value has been initialized.)
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

A
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injec- EC
ing two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM C
MBIB1251E
G

H
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
• CONSULT-III communication status
(The status of CONSULT-III communica-
P1623 Injector adjustment value ECM detects the abnormal value of injector
tion becomes improper during Injector
1623 data error adjustment value.
Adjustment Value Registration.)
J
• ECM
NOTE:
This DTC is not detected when injector adjustment value (not correct but existent) is stored in ECM. K
L
NOTE:
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. M
2. Check DTC.
N


PBIB1741E

NOTE:
• If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0642 or P0643. Refer to EC-314.
Accelerator pedal position
P2135 The correlation between APP sensor 1 signal and (The APP sensor circuit is open or
sensor 1, 2 signal correla-
2135 APP sensor 2 signal is out of the normal range. shorted.)
tion
NOTE:
2. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1355E
P

DTC P2146, P2149 FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY
needs.
PBIB0465E
No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel in-
P2146 An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
jector power supply circuit
2146 through No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector.
open • Harness or connectors
No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel in- (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
P2149 An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
jector power supply circuit
2149 through No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector.
open
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1356E
P

DTC P2147, P2148 FUEL INJECTOR CIRCUIT
needs.
PBIB0465E
P2147 Fuel injector circuit low in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to
2147 put ground. • Harness or connectors
P2148 Fuel injector circuit high in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)
2148 put power.
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1342E
P

DTC P2228, P2229 BARO SENSOR
The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor

detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to
the microcomputer.
MBIB0625E
P2228 Barometric pressure sen- An excessively low voltage from the barometric
2228 sor circuit low input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
• ECM
P2229 Barometric pressure sen- An excessively high voltage from the barometric
2228 sor circuit high input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
A
EC
P
TBWB1357E

EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
EGR VOLUME CONTROL SYSTEM
TBWB1358E

TC BOOST CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
EC
P
TBWB1359E

INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
INTAKE AIR CONTROL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
TBWB1360E

A
EC
P
TBWB1361E

BRAKE SWITCH
BRAKE SWITCH
MBWA2119E

PNP SWITCH
PNP SWITCH
A
EC
P
MBWA2120E

START SIGNAL
START SIGNAL
MBWA2121E

ASCD INDICATOR
ASCD INDICATOR
A
EC
P
MBWA2122E

MBWA2123E

A
General Specification INFOID:0000000002978280
EC
A/T No load* (in P or N position)
Target idle speed 750±25 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position)
A/T In P or N position 750 rpm or more C
Air conditioner: ON
M/T In Neutral position 800 rpm or more
Maximum engine speed 4,900 rpm
D
*: Under the following conditions:
E
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000002978281

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V G
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.3 - 1.8V*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
H
I
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359 J
K
20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9
L
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000002978284 M
Supply voltage Approximately 5V N

Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7V
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating tempera-
1.7 - 2.0V
ture.) O
P
Glow Plug INFOID:0000000002978286
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.8Ω

EGR Volume Control Valve INFOID:0000000002978287
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 13 - 17Ω

MODIFICATION NOTICE
SERVICE INFORMATION A
MODIFICATION NOTICE
Major Modification Item INFOID:0000000003804957
EC
• DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) system has been added for YD25DDTi engine models for Australia.
C

APPLICATION NOTICE
APPLICATION NOTICE
How to Check Vehicle Type INFOID:0000000003339414
YD ENGINE MODEL
Check the vehicle type (refer to GI-42) to confirm the service information in EC section. They are distinguished
each other by the engine room appearance.
Service information Remarks

Without EGR volume control valve.
With vacuum control throttle ac-

YD TYPE 1 tuator (1) and step motor type
EGR volume control valve (2).
MBIB1800E
With electric control throttle actu-

YD TYPE 2 ator (1) and DC motor type EGR
volume control valve (2).
MBIB1750E

INDEX FOR DTC
INDEX FOR DTC
A
U1000 INFOID:0000000003288036
EC
DTC*1
Items
CONSULT-III Reference page
3 (CONSULT-III screen item)
ECM*
GST*2 C
U1000 1000*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-430
*1: 1st trip DTC No. and 2nd trip DTC No. are the same as DTC No.
D
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
E
P0016 - P0113 INFOID:0000000003288037
F
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2 G
P0016 0016 CMP/CKP RELATION EC-432
P0045 0045 TC BOOST SOL/CIRC EC-433
H
P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRESS EC-435
P0089 0089 FUEL PUMP EC-436
P0093 0093 FUEL LEAK EC-437 I
P0101 0101 MAF SENSOR EC-438
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-440
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT EC-440
J
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-442

P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-442
K
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). L
P0117 - P0135 INFOID:0000000003288038
M
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*3 N
GST*
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-444
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-444
O
P0122 0122 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT EC-446
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 EC-448 P
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 EC-450
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 EC-450
P0134 0134 A/F SENSOR1 EC-452
P0135 0135 A/F SEN1 HTR EC-454

INDEX FOR DTC
P0182 - P0217 INFOID:0000000003288039
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2
P0182 0182 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC EC-456
P0183 0183 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC EC-456
P0192 0192 FRP SEN/CIRC EC-458
P0193 0193 FRP SEN/CIRC EC-458
P0200 0200 INJECTOR EC-460
P0201 0201 CYL1 INJECTOR EC-461
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-464 or EC-469
P0222 - P0380 INFOID:0000000003288040
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*
GST*
P0234 0234 TC SYSTEM EC-473
P0237 0237 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC EC-475
P0238 0238 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC EC-475
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-477
P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR EC-479
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-481
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR EC-483
P0380 0380 GLOW RELAY EC-485
P0403 - P0438 INFOID:0000000003288041
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0403 0403 EGR SYSTEM EC-487
P0405 0405 EGR SENSOR EC-490

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1
Items A
ECM*3
GST*2
P0406 0406 EGR SENSOR EC-490 EC
P0409 0409 EGR SYSTEM EC-493
P0427 0427 FR EX TMP SEN/CIRC EC-496
P0428 0428 FR EX TMP SEN/CIRC EC-496 C
P0437 0437 RR EX TMP SEN/CIRC EC-498
P0438 0438 RR EX TMP SEN/CIRC EC-498
D
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). E
P0471 - P0581 INFOID:0000000003288042
F
1
DTC*
Items
ECM* G
GST*2
P0471 0471 DIFF EX PRESS SEN EC-500
P0472 0472 DFF PRESS SEN/CIRC EC-502
H
P0473 0473 DFF PRESS SEN/CIRC EC-502
P0478 0478 DIFF EX PRESS SEN EC-504
P0488 0488 EGR SYSTEM EC-505 I
P0501 0501 VEHICLE SPEED EC-508
J
P0504 0504 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-511
P0563 0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE EC-514 K
P0580 0580 STRG SW/CIRC EC-515
P0581 0581 STRG SW/CIRC EC-515
L
M
P0605 - P0686 INFOID:0000000003288043
N
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2 O
P0605 0605 ECM EC-517
P0606 0606 ECM EC-518
P
P0628 0628 FUEL PUMP/CIRC EC-519
P0629 0629 FUEL PUMP/CIRC EC-519
P0638 0638 ETC ACTR EC-521
P0642 0642 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 EC-522

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0668 0668 ECM EC-526
P0669 0669 ECM EC-526
P0686 0686 ECM RELAY EC-527
P0700 - P0745 INFOID:0000000003288044
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2
P0700 0700 TCM AT-75
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-76
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-100
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SE/CIR A/T AT-80
P0725 0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-83
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN AT-84
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN AT-86
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN AT-88
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN AT-90
P0735 0735 A/T 5TH GR FNCTN AT-92
P0740 0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-94
P0744 0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-96
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-98
P1211 - P1473 INFOID:0000000003288045
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN EC-529
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC EC-530
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 EC-531
P1269 1269 INJECTOR 2 EC-531
P1270 1270 INJECTOR 3 EC-531
P1271 1271 INJECTOR 4 EC-531
P1272 1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE EC-533

INDEX FOR DTC
DTC*1
Items A
ECM*3
GST*2
P1275 1275 FUEL PUMP EC-539 EC
P1472 1472 E/R AIR TMP S/CIRC EC-541
P1473 1473 E/R AIR TMP S/CIRC EC-541
*1: 1st trip DTC No. and 2nd trip DTC No. are the same as DTC No. C
D
P1610 - P1616 INFOID:0000000003288046
E
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2 F
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE BL-4
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM BL-4
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU BL-4 G
P1613 1613 ECM INT CIRC-IMMU BL-4
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY BL-4
H
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY BL-4
P1616 1616 ECM BL-4
*1: 1st trip DTC No. and 2nd trip DTC No. are the same as DTC No. I
J
P1622 - P1757 INFOID:0000000003288047
K
DTC*1
Items
ECM*3
GST*2
L
P1622 1622 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST EC-543
P1623 1623 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR EC-544
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T AT-99 M
P1716 1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC AT-78
P1730 1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-104
N
P1752 1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-106
P1757 1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-108
*1: 1st trip DTC No. and 2nd trip DTC No. are the same as DTC No. O
P

INDEX FOR DTC
P1762 - P2135 INFOID:0000000003288048
DTC*1
Items
ECM*
GST*2
P1762 1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-110
P1767 1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC AT-112
P1772 1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-114
P1774 1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-115
P2002 2002 PM OVER ACCMLT EC-545
P2118 2118 ETC MOT EC-547
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR EC-549
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR EC-550
P2146 - P2622 INFOID:0000000003288049
DTC*1
Items
2 ECM*3
GST*
P2146 2146 INJ PWR/CIRC EC-552
P2147 2147 INJECTOR/CIRC EC-554
P2148 2148 INJECTOR/CIRC EC-554
P2149 2149 INJ PWR/CIRC EC-552
P2228 2228 BARO SEN/CIRC EC-556
P2229 2229 BARO SEN/CIRC EC-556
P2297 2297 A/F SENSOR1 EC-557
P2621 2621 TP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-558
P2622 2622 TP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-558

PRECAUTIONS
PRECAUTIONS
A
EC
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SUPPLEMENTAL C
WARNING:
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by D
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag E
F
ness connectors.
WARNING: G
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly H
I
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000003343510
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc. J
PIIB3706J
M
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and A/T INFOID:0000000003288052
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the N
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery negative cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will O
cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, P
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-53.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the fuel system, etc.

PRECAUTIONS
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM before returning the vehicle to the customer.

running.
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery nega-
tive cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
turned OFF.
connect battery negative cable.
SEF289H
MBIB0625E

with levers as far as they will go as shown in the figure.
PBIB1512E

break).
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
age to IC's.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10cm (4 in) away
SEF291H
of IC's, etc.

PRECAUTIONS
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. A
Refer to EC-404, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value".
EC
• Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
incidents.
• Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor, crankshaft C
position sensor.
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC D
E
SAT652J G

the two tester probes to contact. H
I
ground.
• Do not disassemble fuel pump. J
If NG, take proper action.
• Do not disassemble fuel injector.
If NG, replace fuel injector. K
N
SEF348N
• Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. O

• Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessar-
ily.
P
SEF709Y

PRECAUTIONS
control systems depending on installation location.
trol units.
from the harness of electronic controls.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standingwave
radio can be kept smaller.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
A
EC
Tool number
Description
Tool name
EG17650301 Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and ra-
C
Radiator cap tester diator filler neck
adapter a: 28 (1.10) dia.
b: 31.4 (1.236) dia.
c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. D
Unit: mm (in)
S-NT564
E
F
ture sensor G
S-NT705
I
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before
cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco- J
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
K
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
L
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)
M
S-NT779

Schematic INFOID:0000000003288056
MODELS WITH DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER)
JMBIA1362GB

MODELS WITHOUT DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER)
A
EC
JMBIA1361GB
P
Crankcase Ventilation System INFOID:0000000005167943
DESCRIPTION

In this system, blow-by gas is sucked into the air duct after oil separation by oil separator in the rocker cover.
PBIB0590E
INSPECTION
Ventilation Hose
cannot be freed of obstructions, replace.
SEC692

A
Fuel Filter INFOID:0000000005167944
DESCRIPTION EC
A water draining cock (2) is on the lower side of a fuel filter (1) and a
priming pump (3) for bleeding air is near the fuel filter.
C
E
MBIB1770E
AIR BLEEDING
After fuel filter is replaced and after fuel system components are removed/installed, bleed air from fuel line as F
follows:
1. Prime the circuit using the priming pump (3).
• Fuel filter (1) G
• Drain cock (2)
2. Perform engine cranking with repeating several times until
engine starting. H
CAUTION:
• Crank engine until it starts. Do not crank engine for more than
30 seconds. I
• Prepare a tray to collect fuel. Prevent fuel from adhering to
rubber parts, especially the engine mounting insulator.
MBIB1770E
J
WATER DRAINING
1. Prepare a tray at the drain cock open end.
2. Loosen drain cock (2), and operate priming pump (3) to drain K
water from fuel filter (1).
CAUTION:
• Water in filter is drained with fuel. Prepare larger capacity L
pan than fuel filter volume.
• Drained water is mixed with fuel. Prevent fuel from adher-
ing to rubber parts such as engine mounting insulator.
M
3. After draining, close drain cock by hand.
CAUTION:
If drain cock is tightened excessively, it may be damaged
and fuel will leak. Do not use tools to tighten drain cock. MBIB1770E N
4. Bleed air in fuel piping. Refer to "AIR BLEEDING".
5. Start engine and make sure there is no fuel leakage.
O

P
1. Perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to “ECM Re-
communicating Function”
2. Perform EC-372, "Injector Adjustment Value Registration".
3. Perform EC-373, "Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing"“.
4. Perform EC-373, "EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning Value Clear".
5. Perform EC-373, "EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning".
6. Perform EC-373, "A/F Sensor Learning Value Clear". [Models with DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)]

7. Perform EC-374, "DPF Data Clear". [Models with DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)]
8. Perform EC-374, "Service Regeneration". [Models with DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)]
Injector Adjustment Value Registration INFOID:0000000005167946
DESCRIPTION
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector.
The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
A performance of emission control and a drivability may effect when there is a mismatch between the following
two values.
• The injector adjustment value of the injector which is installed on the vehicle
Injector Adjustment Value Registration must be performed after the following cases.
• Injector(s) are replaced.
For the first case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for the replaced fuel injector must be performed. And
for the second case, Injector Adjustment Value Registration for all the fuel injectors must be performed.
PBIB3150E
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
• Before performing this procedure, record injector adjustment value printed on a fuel injector.
• When all fuel injectors are replaced or ECM is replaced, it is recommended to perform “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode before performing this procedure. By performing “INJ ADJ VAL
CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode, injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped).
2. Select “ENTER INJECTOR CALIB DATA” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “START”.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, CONSULT-III reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM.
4. Select the number of the cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration.
5. Input injector adjustment value, and touch “ENTER”.
NOTE:
Input injector adjustment value is stored in CONSULT-III.
6. Repeat step 4 - 5 till there is no cylinder which needs Injector Adjustment Value Registration, andtouch
“START”.
NOTE:
When touching “START”, injector adjustment values stored in CONSULT-III are written onto ECM mem-
ory.
7. After “CMND FINISHED” is displayed, make sure that the following values are same for each cylinder.
• Injector adjustment value which is printed on a fuel injector.
• Injector adjustment value which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
NOTE:
• In this step, CONSULT-III reads injector adjustment values stored in ECM and displays the values on
the CONSULT-III screen. This is for checking if injector adjustment values are written onto ECM memory
correctly.

• If DTC is detected, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for the DTC, and check if the same DTC is
detected again. A
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing INFOID:0000000005167947
EC
DESCRIPTION
In order to always keep optimum fuel pressure in fuel rail, the ECM controls fuel pump in high precision with
monitoring the signal of fuel rail pressure sensor.
Accordingly, the ECM always learns characteristic value of fuel pump. Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing is C
an operation to clear the value of the fuel pump learning.
Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing should be performed under the following conditions.
• Fuel pump is changed. D
• ECM is replaced with used one which stores the fuel pump learning value of other fuel pump.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE: E
When removing fuel pump, perform Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing before starting engine.
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
2. Select “PUMP LEARNT CLEAR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
G
Without CONSULT-III
Fuel pump learning value can be erased from the back up memory in the ECM by the same operation as eras- H
ing DTC. In detail, refer to EC-376, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".
EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning Value Clear INFOID:0000000005167948
I
EGR volume control valve closed position learning value should be cleared under the following cases.
• EGR volume control valve is removed.
• EGR volume control valve is replaced. J
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
Always perform the following procedure with engine coolant temperature 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). K
2. Select “EGR/V LEARN CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Touch “CLEAR” and wait a few seconds. L
4. Make sure the “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen.
EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning INFOID:0000000005167949 M
EGR Volume Control Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the
EGR volume control valve by monitoring the EGR volume control valve control position sensor output signal. It
must be performed under any of the following conditions: N
• EGR volume control valve is replaced.
O
OPERATION PROCEDURE
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
Make sure that EGR volume control valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating
sound.
A/F Sensor Learning Value Clear INFOID:0000000005167950
DESCRIPTION
ECM learns the output characteristic of A/F sensor 1 to perform the control of DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)
regeneration precisely.A/F sensor learning value should be cleared under the following conditions.

• A/F sensor 1 is changed.
• ECM is replaced with used one which stores the A/F Sensor Learning Value of another A/F sensor 1.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
2. Select “A/F SEN LEAN CLR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
DPF Data Clear INFOID:0000000005167951
DESCRIPTION
Perform “DPF DATA CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III when DPF (Diesel Particulate
Filter) is replaced as new one. Based on the signal from sensors ECM estimates the amount of particulate
matter in DPF and stores the value in EEPROM as DPF data. When DPF is replaced as new one, there is a
difference between DPF data stored in ECM and the actual amount of particulate matter in DPF, because no
particulate matter is trapped in new DPF. In this case, ECM can not perform regeneration control correctly. So
perform “DPF DATA CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III to clear DPF data stored in
ECM.
CAUTION:
Never perform “DPF DATA CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III when DPF is not
replaced as new one. DPF may be damaged because regeneration is not performed at appropriate tim-
ing.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
2. Select “DPF DATA CLEAR” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
Service Regeneration INFOID:0000000005167952
DESCRIPTION
Service Regeneration is performed with CONSULT-III to reduce particulate matter in DPF (Diesel Particulate
Filter). Service Regeneration should be performed in the following cases.
• ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches the specified level.
NOTE:
When ECM enters fail-safe mode because the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches the specified
level, check whether or not DTC is stored in ECM. In the case of DTC stored, perform the Diagnostic Proce-
dure for the DTC.
NOTE:
Based on the signal from sensors ECM measures the amount of particulate matter in DPF and stores the
value in EEPROM (Electrically Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory). When ECM is replaced as
new one, there is a difference between the actual amount of particulate matter and the value stored in new
ECM, because the value stored in new ECM is initialized one. In the case above, ECM can not perform
regeneration control correctly. So, perform service regeneration to make the amount of particulate matter in
DPF zero.
• Component Inspection for DPF is performed.
CAUTION:
Always replace engine oil and engine oil filter after service regeneration. Fuel mixes with engine oil
during service regeneration. The mixture does not occur during the regeneration which is automati-
cally performed under normal operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
2. Turn A/C switch ON and make sure that A/C compressor operates.
3. Select “SERVICE REGENERATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Touch “START”.

5. Wait until “CMPT” is displayed.
NOTE: A
• Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released during service regeneration, or service regeneration is
canceled. When service regeneration is canceled, retry from step1.
• It will take approximately 75 minutes until “CMPLT” is displayed.
EC
6. Turn A/C switch OFF.
8. Replace engine oil and engine oil filter. C

Introduction INFOID:0000000003288074
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:
Emission-related diagnostic information ISO Standard

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of ISO 15031-5
1st/2nd Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st/2nd Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID Service $09 of ISO 15031-5
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC 1st trip DTC 2nd trip DTC Freeze Frame data
CONSULT-III × × × ×
GST × × × ×
ECM × ×* ×* —
*: When DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected
in three consecutive trips (Three trip detection logic).
Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000003288075
On board diagnosis (OBD) system of this vehicle has “Three Trip Detection Logic” and “One Trip Detection
Logic”. For which logic each self-diagnosis corresponds with, refer to EC-376, "Emission-Related Diagnostic
Information".
“Trip” of “Three Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which the self-diagnosis is performed while
driving.
THREE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. MIL does not illu-
minate at this stage. <1st trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again during the next driving, 2nd trip DTC is stored in the ECM mem-
ory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this stage. <2nd trip>
When the same malfunction is detected again at the third driving, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in
the ECM memory and 2nd trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL illuminates at the same time when
DTC is stored. <3rd trip>
In other words, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored and MIL illuminates when the same malfunction
occurs in 3 consecutive trips.
This is called “Three Trip Detection Logic”.
ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored in the ECM memory
and MIL lights up. This is called “One Trip Detection Logic”. Some self-diagnoses will not illuminate MIL when
DTC is stored. (Refer to EC-376, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".) 1st/2nd trip DTC is not stored
for one trip detection logic.
Emission-Related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000003288076
EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS

X: Applicable —: Not applicable
DTC*1
A
Items MIL light-
CONSULT-III Trip Reference page
(CONSULT-III screen item) ing up
2 ECM*3
GST*
EC
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — — C
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0016 0016 CMP/CKP RELATION 3 × EC-432
P0045 0045 TC BOOST SOL/CIRC 3 × EC-433 D
P0088 0088 HIGH FUEL PRESS 3 × EC-435
P0089 0089 FUEL PUMP 3 × EC-436
E
P0093 0093 FUEL LEAK 3 × EC-437
P0101 0101 MAF SENSOR 3 × EC-438
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-440 F
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-440
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-442
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-442 G
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-444
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-444
H
P0122 0122 APP SEN 1/CIRCUIT 1 — EC-446
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 3 × EC-448 I
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 3 × EC-450
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 3 × EC-450
J
P0134 0134 A/F SENSOR1 3 × EC-452
P0135 0135 A/F SEN1 HTR 3 × EC-454
P0182 0182 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-456 K
P0183 0183 FUEL TEMP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-456
P0192 0192 FRP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-458
L
P0193 0193 FRP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-458
P0200 0200 INJECTOR 3 × EC-460
P0201 0201 CYL1 INJECTOR 3 × EC-461 M
P0202 0202 CYL2 INJECTOR 3 × EC-461
P0203 0203 CYL3 INJECTOR 3 × EC-461
P0204 0204 CYL4 INJECTOR 3 × EC-461 N
P0217 0217 ENG OVER TEMP 1 × EC-464 or EC-469
O
P0234 0234 TC SYSTEM 1 — EC-473
P0237 0237 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-475 P
P0238 0238 TC BOOST SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-475
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-477
P0336 0336 CKP SENSOR 3 × EC-479
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-481
P0341 0341 CMP SENSOR 3 × EC-483

DTC*1
Items MIL light-
2 ECM*3
GST*
P0380 0380 GLOW RELAY 3 × EC-485
P0403 0403 EGR SYSTEM 3 × EC-487
P0405 0405 EGR SENSOR 3 × EC-490
P0406 0406 EGR SENSOR 3 × EC-490
P0409 0409 EGR SYSTEM 3 × EC-493
P0427 0427 FR EX TMP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-496
P0428 0428 FR EX TMP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-496
P0437 0437 RR EX TMP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-498
P0438 0438 RR EX TMP SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-498
P0471 0471 DIFF EX PRESS SEN 1 — EC-500
P0472 0472 DFF PRESS SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-502
P0473 0473 DFF PRESS SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-502
P0478 0478 DIFF EX PRESS SEN 1 — EC-504
P0488 0488 EGR SYSTEM 3 × EC-505
P0501 0501 VEHICLE SPEED 1 — EC-508
P0504 0504 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT 1 — EC-511
P0563 0563 BATTERY VOLTAGE 1 — EC-514
P0580 0580 STRG SW/CIRC 1 — EC-515
P0581 0581 STRG SW/CIRC 3 — EC-515
P0605 0605 ECM 3 × EC-517
P0606 0606 ECM 3 × EC-518
P0628 0628 FUEL PUMP/CIRC 3 × EC-521
P0629 0629 FUEL PUMP/CIRC 3 × EC-521
P0638 0638 ETC ACTR 1 — EC-521
P0642 0642 SENSOR PWR/CIRC1 3 × EC-522
P0668 0668 ECM 3 × EC-526
P0669 0669 ECM 3 × EC-526
P0686 0686 ECM RELAY 1 — EC-527
P0700 0700 A/T DIAG COMM LINE 1 × AT-75
P0705 0705 PNP SW/CIRC 1 × AT-76
P0710 0710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC 1 × AT-100
P0720 0720 VEH SPD SE/CIR A/T 1 × AT-80
P0725 0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG 1 × AT-83
P0731 0731 A/T 1ST GR FNCTN 3 × AT-84
P0732 0732 A/T 2ND GR FNCTN 3 × AT-86
P0733 0733 A/T 3RD GR FNCTN 3 × AT-88
P0734 0734 A/T 4TH GR FNCTN 3 × AT-90

DTC*1
Items MIL light- A
ECM*3
GST*2
P0735 0735 A/T 5TH GR FNCTN 3 × AT-92 EC
P0740 0740 TCC SSOLENOID/CIRC 1 × AT-94
P0744 0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN 1 × AT-96
P0745 0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC 1 × AT-98 C
P1211 1211 TCS C/U FUNCTN 1 — EC-529
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC 1 — EC-530
D
P1268 1268 INJECTOR 1 1 — EC-531
P1269 1269 INJECTOR 2 1 — EC-531
P1270 1270 INJECTOR 3 1 — EC-531 E
P1271 1271 INJECTOR 4 1 — EC-531
P1272 1272 FRP RELIEF VALVE 3 × EC-533
F
P1273 1273 FUEL PUMP 3 × EC-533
P1274 1274 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-533
P1275 1275 FUEL PUMP 1 × EC-533 G
P1472 1472 E/R AIR TMP S/CIRC 3 × EC-541
P1473 1473 E/R AIR TMP S/CIRC 3 × EC-541
H
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE 1 — BL-4
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM 1 — BL-4
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU 1 — BL-4 I
P1613 1613 ECM INT CIRC-IMMU 1 — BL-4
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY 1 — BL-4
P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY 1 — BL-4 J
P1616 1616 ECM 1 — BL-4
P1622 1622 INJ ADJ VAL UNRGST 1 — EC-543
K
P1623 1623 INJ ADJ VAL ERROR 1 — EC-544
P1705 1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T 1 × AT-99
P1716 1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC 1 × AT-78 L
P1730 1730 A/T INTERLOCK 1 × AT-104
P1752 1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC 1 × AT-106
M
P1757 1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC 1 × AT-108
P1762 1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC 1 × AT-110
P1767 1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC 1 × AT-112 N
P1772 1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC 1 × AT-114
P1774 1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT 1 × AT-115
O
P2002 2002 PM OVER ACCMLT 1 — EC-545
P2118 2118 ETC MOT 3 × EC-547
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR 1 — EC-549 P
P2135 2135 APP SENSOR 1 — EC-550
P2146 2146 INJ PWR/CIRC 3 × EC-552
P2147 2147 INJECTOR/CIRC 3 × EC-554
P2148 2148 INJECTOR/CIRC 3 × EC-554
P2149 2149 INJ PWR/CIRC 3 × EC-552

DTC*1
Items MIL light-
2 ECM*3
GST*
P2228 2228 BARO SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-556
P2229 2229 BARO SEN/CIRC 3 × EC-556
P2297 2297 A/F SENSOR1 3 × EC-557
P2621 2621 TP SEN/CIRCUIT 3 × EC-558
P2622 2622 TP SEN/CIRCUIT* 3 × EC-558
DTC AND 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC

The number of 1st/2nd trip DTC is the same as the number of DTC.
When a malfunction is detected during 1st trip, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. MIL does not illumi-
nate at this time. When the same malfunction is detected in the next trip (2nd trip), 2nd trip DTC is stored in the
ECM memory and 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. MIL does not illuminate at this time. In addi-
tion, DTC is stored in the ECM memory and MIL lights up when the same malfunction is detected during the
following consecutive trip (3rd trip).
The procedure for erasing DTC, 1st trip DTC, and 2nd trip DTC from the ECM memory is described in “HOW
TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”.
For malfunctions in which 1st/2nd trip DTC are displayed, Refer to “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC
INFORMATION ITEMS”.
1st/2nd trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO15031-5. 1st/2nd trip DTC detection occurs without lighting
up MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down, and erase 1st/2nd trip DTC as specified
with step II of Work Flow, refer to EC-384, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then perform DTC Confirmation
Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, it is
necessary to investigate the cause again.
How to Read DTC and 1st/2nd Trip DTC
DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC can be read by the following procedures.
With CONSULT-III
With GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool): Examples: P0117, P0335, P1268, etc.
These numbers are prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning parts and systems.)
No Tools
The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0117, 0335, 1268, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
• CONSULT-III displays for DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC become the same.
• The output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST and Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-III can identify the malfunction status. Therefore the use of CONSULT-III (If available)
is recommended.
DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC are displayed in the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III.
“TIME” data shows how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of DTC or 1st/2nd trip DTC.
When DTC or 1st/2nd trip DTC has been detected currently, “TIME” becomes “0”.
FREEZE FRAME DATA
ECM records driving conditions such as calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, engine speed,
vehicle speed, and intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected.
The data stored together with DTC is called Freeze Frame Data, and is displayed on CONSULT-III or GST.
When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, Freeze Frame Data is not recorded.

Only a set of Freeze Frame Data can be stored in the ECM memory. When ECM records Freeze Frame Data,
and another Freeze Frame Data is generated after that, the first (original) Freeze Frame Data is not updated in A
ECM and it remains.
When the DTC is erased from ECM memory, Freeze Frame Data is erased with DTC. The procedure for eras-
ing DTC is described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”.
EC
HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
WITH CONSULT-III C
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. D
• If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-357), skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to AT-19, "OBD Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. E
3. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
F
WITH GST
NOTE:
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. G
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to AT-19, "OBD Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)".
2. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool). H
NO TOOLS
NOTE:
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. I
1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results).
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 J
hours.
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes K
- 2nd trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all L
OBD System Operation Chart INFOID:0000000003288079
M
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST/2ND TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When the malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected during 2nd consecutive trip, 2nd trip DTC is stored and 1st trip DTC N
is cleared.
• When the same malfunction is detected during 3rd consecutive trip, DTC and Freeze Frame Data are stored
and MIL illuminates. Refer to EC-376, "Three Trip Detection Logic and One Trip Detection Logic" for O
details.1st/2nd trip DTC are cleared from the ECM memory.
• MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 consecutive times with no malfunction (driving pattern A).
• 1st/2nd trip DTC, DTC, and Freeze Frame Data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 41 times (driving pat-
tern B) without the same malfunction recurring. “TIME” data displayed in the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode P
of CONSULT-III shows the number of times the vehicle is driven without the same malfunction recurring.
SUMMARY CHART

Items Trip Counter Driving Pattern

MIL (goes off) 3 2 A
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (clear) 41 40 B
1st/2nd Trip DTC (clear) 41 40 B
Refer to “RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST/ 2NDTRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS” for details of pattern A and B.
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST/ 2NDTRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS
JMBIA0957GB
*1: CONSULT-III displays for DTC and *2: 1st/2nd trip DTC becomes the same *3: When the same malfunction is de-
1st/2nd trip DTC become the same. display in mode7 of GST. tected in three consecutive trips, MIL
will light up.

*4: MIL will go off after vehicle is driven 3 *5: When the malfunction is detected for *6: When the same malfunction is de-
times (pattern A) without any mal- the first time, 1st trip DTC is stored in tected during 2nd consecutive trip, A
functions. the ECM memory. 2nd trip DTC is stored and 1st trip
DTC is cleared.
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: The DTC and the freeze frame data
tected during 3rd consecutive trip, will not be displayed any longer after
EC
DTC and Freeze Frame Data are vehicle is driven 41 times (pattern B)
stored. without the same malfunction.
C
<Driving Pattern A>
Driving pattern A means the vehicle operation as follows:
Engine speed should go over 500 rpm at least 5 seconds and the DTC Confirmation Procedure is performed.
• The A counter will be cleared when the same malfunction is detected. D
• The A counter will be counted up when the same malfunction is not detected.
• The MIL will go off when the A counter reaches 3.
<Driving Pattern B> E
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows:
Driving pattern A and (1)-(3) are satisfied.
F
PBIB2049E
• The B counter will be cleared when the same malfunction is detected. I

• The B counter will be counted up when the same malfunction is not detected.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the B counter reaches 40.
J

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
INTRODUCTION
The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel injec-
tion control, fuel injection timing control, glow control system, etc.
The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly actuators.
It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and sta-
ble. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions
such as vacuum leaks, or other malfunctions with the engine.
MEF036D
It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs inter-

mittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are
careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replace-
ment of good parts.
SEF233G
test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should
be performed. Follow the “WORK FLOW”.
customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The cus-
on “Worksheet Sample” should be used.
Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional incidents first. This
will help troubleshoot driveability incidents on an electronically con-
SEF234G
trolled engine vehicle.
WORK FLOW

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
N
PBIB2218E
*1 If time data of “SELF-DIAG RE- *2 If the incident cannot be verified, per- *3 If the on board diagnostic system O
SULTS” is other than “0”, perform form EC-423. cannot be performed, check main
EC-423. power supply and ground circuit. Re-
fer to EC-424.
*4 If malfunctioning part cannot be de- P
tected, perform EC-423.
Description for Work Flow

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
STEP DESCRIPTION
Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident/symptom occurred using the “DI-
STEP I
AGNOSTIC WORK SHEET”.
Before confirming the concern, check and write down (print out using CONSULT-III or GST) the (1st/2nd trip) DTC and
the freeze frame data (When 1st/2nd trip DTC is detected, Freeze Frame Data is not recorded.), then erase the DTC
and the data. (Refer to EC-376, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".) The (1st/2nd trip) DTC and the freeze
frame data can be used when duplicating the incident at STEP III & IV.
STEP II
Study the relationship between the cause, specified by (1st/2nd trip) DTC, and the symptom described by the custom-
er. (The Symptom Matrix Chart will be useful. See EC-392, "Symptom Matrix Chart".)
Also check related service bulletins for information.
Try to confirm the symptom and under what conditions the incident occurs.
The DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET and the freeze frame data are useful to verify the incident. Connect CONSULT-III
STEP III to the vehicle and check real time diagnosis results.
If the malfunction code is detected, skip STEP IV and perform STEP V.
Try to detect the (1st/2nd trip) DTC by driving in (or performing) the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Check and read the
(1st/2nd trip) DTC and freeze frame data by using CONSULT-III or GST.
STEP IV
In case the DTC Confirmation Procedure is not available, perform the Overall Function Check instead. The (1st/2nd
trip) DTC cannot be displayed by this check, however, this simplified check is an effective alternative.
The NG result of the Overall Function Check is the same as the (1st/2nd trip) DTC detection.
Take the appropriate action based on the results of STEP I through IV.
If the malfunction code is indicated, proceed to TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC PXXXX.
STEP V
If the normal code is indicated, proceed to the BASIC INSPECTION. (Refer to EC-388, "Basic Inspection".) Then per-
form inspections according to the Symptom Matrix Chart. (Refer to EC-392, "Symptom Matrix Chart".)
Identify where to begin diagnosis based on the relationship study between symptom and possible causes. Inspect the
system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage using (tracing) Harness Layouts.
Check the voltage of the related ECM terminals or monitor the output data from the related sensors with CONSULT-
III. Refer to EC-404, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value", EC-419, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor
Mode".
STEP VI
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section contains a description based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspec-
tion is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to Circuit Inspection in GI-23,
"How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident".
Repair or replace the malfunction parts.
If malfunctioning part cannot be detected, perform EC-423.
Once you have repaired the circuit or replaced a component, you need to run the engine in the same conditions and
circumstances which resulted in the customer's initial complaint.
Perform the DTC Confirmation Procedure and confirm the normal code [DTC No. P0000] is detected. If the incident is
STEP VII
still detected in the final check, perform STEP VI by using a method different from the previous one.
Before returning the vehicle to the customer, be sure to erase the unnecessary (already fixed) (1st/2nd trip) DTC in
ECM. (Refer to EC-376, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".)
DIAGNOSTIC WORK SHEET

engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the one shown below in order to
organize all the information for troubleshooting.
SEF907L

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Worksheet Sample
A
EC
L
MTBL0533
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000003288081 M
chart.
N

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS

1 • U1000 CAN communication line
• P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft position correlation
• P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
• P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
• P0130 P0131 P0132 P0134 A/F sensor 1
• P0135 A/F sensor 1 heater
• P0182 P0183 Fuel pump temperature sensor
• P0192 P0193 Fuel rail pressure sensor
• P0237 P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor
• P0335 P0336 Crankshaft position sensor
• P0340 P0341 Camshaft position sensor
• P0427 P0428 Front exhaust gas temperature sensor
• P0437 P0438 Rear exhaust gas temperature sensor
• P0471 P0472 P0473 P0478 Differential exhaust pressure sensor
• P0563 Battery voltage
• P0605 P0606 P0668 P0669 ECM
• P0642 P0643 P0652 P0653 Sensor power supply
• P0700 TCM
• P0705 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
• P1472 P1473 Engine room air temperature sensor
• P1610 - P1616 NATS
• P1622 P1623 Injector adjustment value
• P2228 P2229 Barometric pressure sensor
• P2621 P2622 Throttle position sensor
2 • P0045 Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
• P0089 P0628 P0629 P1272 - P1275 Fuel pump
• P0200 - P0204 P1268 - P1271 P2146 - P2149 Fuel injector
• P0380 Glow relay
• P0405 P0406 EGR volume control valve control position sensor
• P0686 ECM relay
• P0710 P0720 P0725 P0731 P0732 P0733 P1734 P0735 P0740 P0744 P0745 P1705 P1716 P1730 P1752 P1757
P1762 P1767 P1772 P1774 A/T related sensors, solenoid valves and switches
• P1212 TCS communication line
• P21118 P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
3 • P0088 P0093 Fuel system
• P0234 Turbocharger system
• P0403 P0409 P0488 EGR function
• P0501 P0502 P0503 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
• P0580 P0581 ASCD steering switch
• P0638 Electric throttle control actuator function
• P1211 TCS control unit
• P2002 DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)
• P2297 A/F sensor 1
Fail-Safe Chart INFOID:0000000003816263
When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode.

P2002 Particulate matter over accumulation Engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm due to the fuel cut.
Precaution:
Perform Basic Inspection without electrical or mechanical loads applied;
• Headlamp switch is OFF.
• On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, set lighting switch to the 1st position to light only
small lamps.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Air conditioner switch is OFF.
• Rear defogger switch is OFF. A
• Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
EC
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction.
2. Check the current need for scheduled maintenance, especially for fuel filter and air cleaner filter. Refer to C
MA-9, "Periodic Maintenance".
3. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, or improper connections D
- Wiring for improper connections, pinches, or cuts
4. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating tempera-
ture. E
>> GO TO 2.
F
G
SEF142I
2.PREPARATION FOR CHECKING IDLE SPEED H

With CONSULT-III
Connect CONSULT-III to the data link connector.
Without CONSULT-III I
Install diesel tacho tester to the vehicle.
>> GO TO 3. J
3.CHECK IDLE SPEED
With CONSULT-III K
2. Read idle speed.
L
Without CONSULT-III M
Read idle speed.

N
OK or NG
OK >> INSPECTION END O
NG >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. P
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.
5.BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM
1. Stop engine.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
2. Use priming pump to bleed air from fuel system. Refer to MA-34, "Air Bleeding".
>> GO TO 6.
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.

Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 7.
7.DRAIN WATER FROM FUEL FILTER
Drain water from fuel filter. Refer to MA-34, "Draining Water from Fuel Filter".
>> GO TO 8.
With CONSULT-III
3. Read idle speed.

Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed.

OK or NG
NG >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK AIR CLEANER FILTER
Check air cleaner filter for clogging or breaks.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 10.
NG >> Replace air cleaner filter.
10.CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
Check battery voltage.
Voltage: More than 12.13V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12. A
NG >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK BATTERY
EC
Refer to SC-4.
OK or NG
OK >> Check charging system. Refer to SC-16. C
12.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-176, "On-Vehicle Service". D
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.
NG >> Follow the instruction of “CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE”. E

With CONSULT-III F
3. Read idle speed. G

A/T: 750±25 rpm (in P or N position) H
Without CONSULT-III
Read idle speed. I
J
OK or NG
NG >> 1. Replace fuel injector. K
2. GO TO 3.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
HARD/NO START/RESTART
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)

WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Fuel injector 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3 3
Glow control system 1 1 1 1 1
Engine body 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 3
EGR system 3 3
Air cleaner and duct 3 3
Electric throttle control actuator 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
A
EC
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)
C

E

WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
F
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
G
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
H

Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 I
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fuel filter 1 1 1 1 1
Fuel injector adjustment value 1 1 1 1
J

Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1
K
Vehicle speed signal circuit 1
ENGINE CONTROL
A/F sensor 1 circuit

Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 1 1 1 L
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 1
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
M
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 3 3
Turbocharger boost sensor circuit 1 1 1
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve N
1 1 1
circuit
Start signal circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Ignition switch circuit 1 1 1 1 O
Heat up switch circuit 1

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
ENGINE STALL
(EXCP. HA)

WHEN DECELERATING
POOR ACCELERATION
KNOCK/DETONATION
DURING DRIVING
LACK OF POWER
LOW IDLE
AT IDLE
HI IDLE
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1 1 1
Cooling fan relay circuit
Glow relay circuit 1 1 1 1
Differential exhaust pressure sensor circuit 3 3 3
ENGINE CONTROL
Engine room air temperature sensor circuit

Front exhaust gas temperature sensor circuit
Rear exhaust gas temperature sensor circuit
Throttle position sensor circuit
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 2 2 3 3
Electric controlled engine mount control sole-
noid valve circuit
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit 1 1 1 1
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM A
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) warning light illuminates.*

EC



D

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
E
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
F
Warranty symptom code AG AH AJ AK AL AM AP HA G

Fuel pump 5 5 5 5 5 3 1 1
Fuel injector 3 3 3 4 4 4 1 1 1
Glow control system 1
H
Engine body 3 3 3 3 1 3
EGR system 3 1
I
Air cleaner and duct 3
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 1
Fuel rail pressure relief valve 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 J
Fuel pump circuit 4 4 4 4 1 1 1
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
K
Fuel filter 1
Fuel injector adjustment value 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 L
Engine coolant temperature circuit 1 1 1 1 1 1
A/F sensor 1 circuit 2 1 1
ENGINE CONTROL
M
Vehicle speed signal circuit 1 1
Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit 1 1 1 1 N
Crankshaft position sensor circuit 1 1 3 1 1
Camshaft position sensor circuit 3 1 1
Turbocharger boost sensor circuit 2 1 1
O
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve cir-

1 1 1
cuit
P
Start signal circuit
Ignition switch circuit
Heat up switch circuit

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
SYMPTOM
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) warning light illuminates.*




ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
IDLING VIBRATION
BLACK SMOKE
WHITE SMOKE
Warranty symptom code AG AH AJ AK AL AM AP HA
Power supply for ECM circuit 1 1
Cooling fan relay circuit 2
Glow relay circuit 1
Differential exhaust pressure sensor circuit 2 1 1
ENGINE CONTROL
Engine room air temperature sensor circuit 1 1

Front exhaust gas temperature sensor circuit 2 1 1
Rear exhaust gas temperature sensor circuit 2 1 1
Throttle position sensor circuit 1 1 1
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 3 4
Electric controlled engine mount control sole-
1
noid valve circuit
ECM relay (Self-shutoff) circuit 1
ECM 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
NATS (Nissan Anti-theft System) 1
*: Although there is no malfunction in the engine control system, DPF warning light may light up because the vehicle is driven in the
specified driving pattern. For the detail, EC-545, "Component Description".

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
MBIB1774E
L
1. ECM 2. Glow relay 3. Turbocharger boost sensor
4. Refrigerant pressure sensor 5. Electric throttle control actuator 6. Fuel pump
7. Cooling fan motor 8. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 9. Engine room air temperature sensor M
(If so equipped) valve
10. Differential exhaust pressure sensor 11. Mass air flow sensor 12. Turbocharger boost control actuator
13. Camshaft position sensor 14. Glow plug 15. Fuel injector N
16. Fuel rail pressure relief valve 17. Fuel rail pressure sensor 18. Fuel filter
19. EGR volume control valve 20. Engine coolant temperature sensor 21. IPDM E/R
O

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
MBIB1775E
1. Fuel pump temperature sensor 2. Fuel pump 3. Fuel rail pressure relief valve
4. Fuel rail 5. EGR volume control valve 6. Engine coolant temperature sensor
7. Fuel rail pressure sensor 8. Camshaft position sensor 9. Refrigerant pressure sensor
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
MBIB1776E
K
1. Glow relay 2. ECM 3. Crankshaft position sensor

(View from under the vehicle) L
4. Turbocharger boost sensor 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Accelerator pedal position sensor
(View with front grill removed)
: Vehicle front
M

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
JMBIA1095ZZ
1. Turbocharger boost control solenoid 2. Turbocharger boost control actuator 3. PNP switch (M/T)
valve (View from under the vehicle)
(View with air cleaner upper case re-
moved)
4. ASCD steering switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 6. SET/COAST switch
7. MAIN switch 8. CANSEL switch
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
MBIB1778E
K
1. Front exhaust gas temperature sen- 2. Front exhaust gas temperature sen- 3. DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)
sor harness connector sor L
4. Rear exhaust gas temperature sen- 5. A/F sensor 1 6. DPF
sor
7. DPF 8. Rear exhaust gas temperature sen- 9. A/F sensor 1 harness connector
M
sor harness connector
10. Engine room air temperature sensor 11. Differential exhaust pressure sensor 12. EGR volume control valve
13. Electric throttle control actuator 14. Fuel filter 15. Drain cock
N
16. Priming pump
: Vehicle front

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TBWB1532E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
EC
TBWB1533E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
PBIB3368E
PREPARATION
1. ECM is located in the engine room passenger side behind the
engine coolant reservoir tank.
2. Remove ECM harness protector.
BBIA0537E
3. When disconnecting ECM harness connector, loosen it with

4. Connect a break-out box and Y-cable adapter between the ECM
and ECM harness connector.
• Use extreme care not to touch 2 pins at one time.
PBIB1512E

Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO. A
Description Value
(Wire color) Condition
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
1 EC
(B)
2
(B)
3 C
(B)
Approximately 7.5V
[Engine is running] D
4 Fuel injector power supply • Idle speed
(L/W) (For cylinder No. 1 and 4) NOTE:
E
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1295E
(B) F
Approximately 8.0V
[Engine is running] G
5 Fuel injector power supply
(O/L) (For cylinder No. 2 and 3)
H
MBIB1296E
Approximately 6.3V
I
[Engine is running]
6 114 Turbocharger boost control sole-
(O) (B) noid valve
• Idle speed J
MBIB0889E
K
Approximately 8.6V
[Engine is running]
L
M
MBIB0890E
1.0 - 2.0V
↑↓ (Periodically changes)
N
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EGR volume control valve (Close) O
(R/L) (B) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF.
P
MBIB1783E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
1.0 - 2.0V
↑↓ (Periodically changes)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14V)
EGR volume control valve (Open)
(L/Y) (B) • For a few seconds after turning ignition
switch OFF.
MBIB1783E
Approximately 5.8V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
MBIB0885E
10 114
Fuel pump
(G) (B)
Approximately 5.5V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0886E
Fuel injector No. 2
(R/W)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
22 NOTE:
Fuel injector No. 2 The pulse cycle changes depending on
(R/B)
rpm at idle
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
Fuel injector No. 3
(O/B)
[Engine is running]
Fuel injector No. 3
(O)
MBIB1298E

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Wire color) Condition A
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 0.3V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed C
MBIB0887E
29 114 D
Fuel pump
(B) (B)
Approximately 0.3V
[Engine is running] E
F
MBIB0888E
[Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE

• Engine: Stopped (11 - 14V) G
Approximately 5V
[Engine is running]
34 114 • After the vehicle is driven for 6 minutes H
A/F sensor 1 heater
(G) (B) under the following conditions.
- Warm-up condition
- Vehicle speed: 80km/h (50MPH)
- Shift lever: Suitable gear position I
MBIB1784E
35 ECM ground
— — — J
(B) (A/F sensor 1 heater)
37 114
Glow relay Refer to EC-545, "Component Description".
(L) (B)
K
Fuel injector No. 4
(LG/R)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed L
NOTE:
41 The pulse cycle changes depending on
Fuel injector No. 4
(LG/B) rpm at idle
M
114 MBIB1297E
(B)
(L/R)
Fuel injector No. 1 N
[Engine is running]
O
Fuel injector No. 1
(L/B)
MBIB1298E
P
45 114 Camshaft position sensor power

[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(L/O) (B) supply

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Approximately 3.5V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle
MBIB0879E
46 114
(R) (B)
Approximately 3.5V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0880E
Approximately 4.7V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
rpm at idle
47 114 MBIB0877E
(L/Y) (B)
Approximately 4.7V
[Engine is running]
MBIB0878E
[Engine is running]
48 • Warm-up condition 1.4 - 1.7V
(L) 68 • Idle speed
Fuel rail pressure sensor
49 (w) [Engine is running]
(L) • Warm-up condition 1.7 - 2.0V
50 69 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump temperature sensor Output voltage varies with fuel
(BR) (B) • Warm-up condition
pump temperature
51 70 Engine coolant temperature sen- [Engine is running]
Output voltage varies with engine
(B/R) (B) sor • Warm-up condition
coolant temperature
[Engine is running]
Turbocharger boost sensor
(SB) (L) [Engine is running]
[Engine is running]
Refrigerant pressure sensor 1.0 - 4.0V
(W) (BR) • Both A/C switch and blower switch: ON

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
EC
[Engine is running]
Mass air flow sensor
(G) (B) C
[Engine is running] 1.3 - 1.8V to Approximately 4.0V
• Warm-up condition (Check for liner voltage rise in re-
• Engine is revving from idle to about sponse to engine being increased
4,000 rpm. to about 4,000 rpm) D
Intake air temperature sensor Output voltage varies with intake
(W) (R) • Warm-up condition
air temperature
E
56 75 Front exhaust gas temperature
[Engine is running] Output voltage varies with front
(R/G) (GR) sensor
exhaust gas temperature
F
57 76 Rear exhaust gas temperature
[Engine is running] Output voltage varies with rear
(LG) (GR) sensor
exhaust gas temperature
[Engine is running] G
• Warm-up condition Approximately 1.0V
58 76 Differential exhaust pressure sen- • Idle speed
(L) (GR) sor [Engine is running] H
• Warm-up condition Approximately 1.1V
63 68 Fuel rail pressure sensor power
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V I
(L/W) (W) supply
Sensor power supply
(Turbocharger boost sensor / Dif-
64 71 J
ferential exhaust pressure sensor / [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(G/W) (L)
Throttle position sensor / Refriger-
ant pressure sensor)
65
— Crankshaft position sensor ground — — K
(B)
66
— Camshaft position sensor ground — —
(W/L) L
Sensor ground
67 — — —
(Sensor shield circuit)
68 M
— Fuel rail pressure sensor ground — —
(L/R)
69 Fuel pump temperature sensor
— — —
(B) ground
N
70 Engine coolant temperature sen-
— — —
(R/L) sor ground
71 Turbocharger boost sensor
— — — O
(P) ground
Sensor ground
72 —
(Throttle position sensor / Refrig- — —
(BR) P
erant pressure sensor)
73
— Mass air flow sensor ground — —
(B)
74 Intake air temperature sensor
— — —
(R) ground

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Sensor ground
75 (Engine room air temperature sen-
— — —
(L/R) sor / Front exhaust gas tempera-
ture sensor)
Sensor ground
76 (Differential exhaust pressure sen-
— — —
(GR) sor / Rear exhaust gas tempera-
ture sensor)
77 EGR volume control valve control
— — —
(B/R) position sensor ground
79 75 Engine room air temperature sen-
[Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(P) (GR) sor
room air temperature
Voltage should fluctuates be-
81 77 EGR volume control valve control • Warm-up condition
tween 0.5 and 2.5V, then drop to
(V) (GR) position sensor • For a few seconds after turning ignition
0V.
switch OFF.
Sensor power supply
(Accelerator pedal position sensor
82 84
1 / Crankshaft position sensor / [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(W) (B)
EGR volume control valve control
position sensor)
83 84 Accelerator pedal position sensor • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(B) (B) 1 [Ignition switch ON]
84 Accelerator pedal position sensor
— — —
(R) 1 ground
85
— A/F sensor 1 (-) — —
(W)
86 72
Throttle position sensor [Ignition switch ON] 3.35 - 4.55V
(O) (BR)
87
(P)
89 114
Data link connector — —
(SB) (B)
90 92 Accelerator pedal position sensor
[Ignition switch ON] Approximately 5V
(W) (B) 2 power supply
91 92 Accelerator pedal position sensor • Accelerator pedal: Fully released
(W/L) (B) 2 [Ignition switch ON]
92 Accelerator pedal position sensor
— — —
(O) 2 ground
A/F sensor 1 (+) 2.2 - 2.5V
(L) (O) • Idle speed
95
(L)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
99 [Ignition switch ON] Approximately 0V

(BR/
114
Start signal
EC
(B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
W) [Ignition switch START]
(11 - 14V)
Approximately 0V C
100 114 • Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch
(Y) (B) [Ignition switch OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
D
101 114 Fully released (M/T) E
ASCD brake switch
(LG) (B) [Ignition switch ON]
Approximately 0V
F
Approximately 4.0V
G
Approximately 0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
102 103 Approximately 1.0V H
ASCD steering switch • CANCEL switch: Pressed
(SB) (B)
• RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Approximately 3.0V
Pressed I
Approximately 2.0V
103 J
— ASCD steering switch ground — —
(B/W)
[Ignition switch OFF] K
0 - 1.0V
105 114 switch OFF
(W/B) (B)
[Ignition switch OFF] L
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning
(11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
107
(W/L) 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE M
108 (B) (11 - 14V)
(W/L)
Approximately 0V
N
110 114 • Shift lever: P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Park/Neutral position switch
(O) (B) [Ignition switch ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Except the above position (11 - 14V)
O
0 - 1.0V
113 114 switch OFF P
(W/B) (B)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after turning
(11 - 14V)
ignition switch OFF
114
(B)

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
TERMINAL NO.
Description Value
(Approx.)
+ − Signal name
[Engine is running]
116 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor (Open) • Warm-up condition
(W/R) (B) (11 - 14V)
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
118 114 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Throttle control motor (Close) • Warm-up condition
(B/Y) (B) (11 - 14V)
• Idle speed
119
120 (B) (11 - 14V)
(R/L)
(R/W) (B) (Back-up) (11 - 14V)
FUNCTION

This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT-III unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st/2nd trip DTC, DTC and freeze frame data can be read and erased
Self-diagnostic results
quickly.*
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active test
some parameters in a specified range.
Function test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance.
ECM part number ECM part number can be read.
• 1st/2nd trip diagnostic trouble codes
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE A

SELF-DIAG RESULTS
Item DATA
FREEZE ACTIVE
MONITOR
DTC* FRAME TEST EC
DATA
Crankshaft position sensor × × ×
Camshaft position sensor × C
Vehicle speed sensor × × ×
D
Fuel pump temperature sensor × × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 × ×
Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 × × E
Fuel rail pressure sensor × ×
Mass air flow sensor × × ×
F
Intake air temperature sensor × ×
Turbocharger boost sensor × × ×

Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 × × G
Throttle position sensor × ×
Differential exhaust pressure sensor × ×
Engine room air temperature sensor × ×
H
INPUT
Front exhaust gas temperature sensor × ×
Rear exhaust gas temperature sensor × ×
I
Battery voltage × ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch × ×
Turbocharger boost sensor × × J
EGR volume control valve control position sensor × ×
K
Refrigerant pressure sensor ×
Heat up switch ×
Ignition switch (Start signal) × L
Air conditioner switch signal ×
Barometric pressure sensor (built-into ECM) × ×
M
ASCD clutch switch × × N
Fuel pump × × ×
Fuel injector × × ×
Glow relay × × ×
O

OUTPUT EGR volume control valve × × × P
Throttle control motor × × ×
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater × ×
Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve × ×
Electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve ×
X: Applicable
*: This item includes 1st/2nd trip DTCs.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item

ENTER INJCTR CALIB DATA • Injector adjustment value is written onto ECM memory. When performing Injector Adjust-
ment Value Registration.
EGR volume control valve closed
position learning value should be
cleared under the following cases.
• EGR volume control valve learning value stored in ECM is
EGR/V LEARN CLR • EGR volume control valve is re-
cleared.
moved.
• EGR volume control valve is re-
placed.
SERVICE REGENERATION • This Regeneration is performed with CONSULT-III to Service Regeneration should be
make particulate matter burn to reduce. performed in the following cases.
NOTE: • ECM enters fail-safe mode be-
Always replace engine oil and oil filter after service regen- cause the amount of particulate
eration. matter in DPF (Diesel Particu-
late Filter) reaches the specified
level.
• Component Inspection for DPF
(Diesel Particulate Filter) is per-
formed.
DPF DATA CLEAR • DPF data stored in ECM memory is cleared. Always perform after DPF is re-
placed as new one.
CAUTION:
Never perform when DPF is not
replaced as new one. DPF may
be damaged because regenera-
tion is not performed at appro-
priate timing.
CONFIG CLR • ASCD application status stored in ECM is initialized. When initializing ASCD applica-
NOTE: tion status stored in ECM.
After the status is initialized, ECM recognizes ASCD appli-
cation status when the following conditions are met.
• For ASCD: ASCD MAIN switch is pressed.
INJ ADJ VAL CLR • Injector adjustment value stored in ECM is initialized. Before changing injector adjust-
ment value stored in ECM, it is
recommended to perform this
work item.
A/F SEN LEAN CLR • A/F Sensor Learning Value stored in ECM is cleared. This work support item should be
performed under the following
conditions.
• A/F sensor 1 is changed.
• ECM is replaced with used one
which stores the A/F Sensor
Learning Value of another A/F
sensor 1.
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st/2nd trip DTC, refer to EC-376, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".
Freeze Frame Data

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
Freeze frame data item Description A

DIAG TROUBLE CODE • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as “PXXXX”.
[PXXXX] (Refer to EC-376, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".)
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. EC
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
C
VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or
[mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] • The intake manifold pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
D
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
FUEL/R PRESS [kPa] • The fuel rail pressure at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
MASS AIRFLOW [g/s] • The mass air flow at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. E
DATA MONITOR MODE

F
• The engine speed computed from the crank-
CKPS·RPM (TDC) [rpm]
shaft position sensor signal is displayed.
G
When the engine coolant tempera-
• The engine coolant temperature (determined ture circuit is open or short, ECM
COOLAN TEMP/S [°C] or [°F] by the signal voltage of the engine coolant enters fail-safe mode. The engine
temperature sensor) is displayed. coolant temperature determined H
• The vehicle speed computed form the vehicle
speed sensor signal is displayed.
I
• The fuel temperature (determined by the sig-
FUEL TEMP SEN [°C] or [°F] nal voltage of the fuel pump temperature sen-
sor) is displayed.
J
• The accelerator pedal position sensor 1 signal
ACCEL POS SEN [V]
voltage is displayed.
• The accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal
ACCEL SEN 2 [V] K
voltage is displayed.
• The Fuel rail pressure (determined by the sig-
ACT CR PRESS [MPa] nal voltage of the fuel rail pressure sensor) is
displayed. L
• The power supply voltage of ECM is dis-
BATTERY VOLT [V]
played.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/ M
P/N POSI SW [ON/OFF]
neutral position switch signal.
• indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the starter
START SIGNAL [ON/OFF]
signal. N
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condi-
AIR COND SIG [ON/OFF] tioner switch as determined by the air condi-
tioner signal.
O
• indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop
BRAKE SW [ON/OFF]
lamp switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition P
IGN SW [ON/OFF]
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from heat up
WARM UP SW [ON/OFF]
switch signal.
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor
MAS AIR/FL SE [V]
is displayed.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Indicates the amount of actual fuel injection
TARGET F/INJ [mm3/] compensated by ECM according to the input
signals.
• Indicates the actual main fuel injection pulse
MAIN INJ WID [msec] width compensated by ECM according to the
input signals.
• Indicates the main fuel injection timing (BT-
TARG INJ TIMG [°] DC) computed by ECM according to the input
signals.
• Indicates the fuel pump power supply current
PUMP CURRENT [mA]
from the ECM.
• The glow relay control condition (determined
GLOW RLY [ON/OFF] by ECM according to the input signal) is dis-
played.
• Indicates the control condition of the cooling
fans (determined by ECM according to the in-
put signal).
LOW ... Operates at low speed.
HI ... Operates at high speed.
OFF ... Stopped
• Indicates the control condition of the cooling
fans (determined by ECM according to the in-
put signal).
LOW ... Operation.
HI ... Operation.
OFF ... Stopped
• Indicates the turbocharger boost control sole-
TC V/N CONT/V [%] noid valve control value computed by the
ECM according to the input signals.
• The intake air volume computed from the
INT/A VOLUME [mg/]
mass air flow sensor signal is displayed.
• The barometric pressure (determined by the
BARO SEN [kPa] signal voltage from the absolute pressure
sensor built into the ECM) is displayed.
• The control condition of the electronic con-
trolled engine mount control solenoid valve
(determined by ECM according to the input
signals) is indicated.
ENGINE MOUNT [IDLE/TRVL]
TRAVL: Electronic controlled engine mount
control solenoid valve is operating.
IDLE: Electronic controlled engine mount con-
trol solenoid valve is not operating.
• Turbocharger boost (determined by the signal
INT/M PRES SE [kPa] voltage from the turbocharger boost sensor) is
displayed.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed.
SET VHCL SPD [km/h] or [mph] • The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
• The cylinder being injected is displayed.
CYL COUNT [1/2/3/4] 2 ... Cylinder No.2 is injected.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/
SET SW [ON/OFF]
COAST switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/
RESUME/ACC SW [ON/OFF]
ACCELERATE switch signal.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL
CANCEL SW [ON/OFF]
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN
MAIN SW [ON/OFF] EC
switch signal.
TRVL AFTER MIL [km] or [mile] • Distance traveled while MI is activated.
• The differential exhaust pressure (determined
DF EX PRES SE [kPa] by the signal voltage of the differential ex- C
haust pressure sensor) is displayed.
• The engine room air temperature (determined
E/R AIR TMP/S [°C] or [°F] by the signal voltage of the engine room air D
temperature sensor) is displayed.
• The front exhaust gas temperature (deter-
FR EX TMP SEN [°C] or [°F] mined by the signal voltage of the front ex- E
haust gas temperature sensor) is displayed.
• The rear exhaust gas temperature (deter-
RR EX TMP SEN [°C] or [°F] mined by the signal voltage of the rear ex-
haust gas temperature sensor) is displayed.
F
• Displaying ASCD application status stored in
ASCD APPLY [YES/NO]
ECM.
G
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pres-
AC PRESS SEN [V]
sure sensor is displayed.
• The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal voltage
A/F SEN1 [mV] H
is displayed.
• The opening angle of Electric throttle control
ETC OPEN ANGL [deg]
actuator is displayed.
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is
I
THRTL SEN [V]
displayed.
• The opening angle of EGR volume control val-
ue is displayed. J
EGR/V ANGLE [°]
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
• The EGR volume control valve control posi- K
EGR V/POS SEN [mV]
tion sensor signal voltage is displayed.
*1: VIN<VSK***D40**331129
*2: VIN<VSK***D40**331129 L
NOTE:
M
ACTIVE TEST MODE

N
engine.
POWER BAL- • A/C switch: OFF
Engine runs rough or dies. • Compression
ANCE • Shift lever: Neutral position O
• Fuel injector
• Cut off each injector signal one at
a time using CONSULT-III.
• Ignition switch: ON P
• Operate the cooling fan at LOW, Cooling fan moves at LOW, HI
COOLING FAN * • Cooling fan motor
HI speed and turn OFF using speed and stops.
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original trou- • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT ble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see • Engine coolant temperature sen-

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
Glow relay makes the operating • Harness and connectors
GLOW RLY • Turn the glow relay ON and OFF
sound. • Glow relay
using CONSULT-III and listen to
operating sound.
• Engine: Return to the original trou-
FUEL/T TEMP ble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
SEN • Change the fuel tank temperature CHECK ITEM.
• Fuel injector
using CONSULT-III.
engine.
• A/C switch: OFF • Harness and connectors
INJ TIMING Engine runs rough or dies.
• Shift lever: Neutral position • Fuel injector
• Change the main fuel injection
timing using CONSULT-III.
PRES REGULA- • Fuel line
• Change fuel rail pressure using Fuel leaks.
TOR • Fuel pressure relief valve
CONSULT-III.
PUMP LEANT • This mode is used for performing Fuel Pump Learning Value Clearing. Refer to EC-373, "Fuel Pump Learning
CLEAR Value Clearing".
TEARGET ETC • Change electric throttle control The opening angle of throttle valve is • Harness and connectors
ANGLE actuator opening angle using changed properly. • Electric throttle control actuator
CONSULT-III.
• Change EGR volume control
TRG EGR/V AN- EGR volume control valve makes an • Harness and connectors
valve opening angle (within the
GLE operating sound. • EGR volume control valve
range of 0 - 70°) using CONSULT-
III.
*:Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function INFOID:0000000003288091
DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBD II scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-4
has 7 different functions explained below.
ISO9141 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.
SEF139P
FUNCTION

This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including an-
Service $01 READINESS TESTS
alog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-376, "Emission-Related Diagnostic
Information".
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
Service $03 DTCs
were stored by ECM.

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This in-
cludes:
• Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
• Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03) EC
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO
• Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
• Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
• Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
• Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $07) C
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service is not applicable on this vehicle.
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal D
driving conditions.
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor-
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs. E
INSPECTION PROCEDURE
F
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector, which is located under
drivers side dash panel near the fuse box cover.
G
I
BBIA0538E
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in

the operation manual. J
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.)
K
SEF398S
M
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-

dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the N
tool maker.
SEF416S
Remarks:

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
• Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer in- Almost the same speed as the ta-
CKPS-RPM (TDC)
dication. chometer indication
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speed- Almost the same speed as the speed-
VHCL SPEED SE
ometer indication ometer indication
FUEL TEMP SEN • Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F)

ACCEL POS SEN*

ACCEL SEN 2*
• Engine: After warming up Idle 25 - 35 MPa
ACT CR PRESS
• Shift lever: Neutral position 2,000 rpm 40 - 50 MPa
• No load
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14V
Shift lever:
ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T)
Except above OFF
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
the engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
IGN SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF ON → OFF
Ignition switch: ON
Approximately 0.4V
(Engine stopped)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Idle 1.3 - 1.8V
MAS AIR/FL SE* • Shift lever:
1.3 - 1.8V to Approximately 4.0V
Engine is revving from idle to about (Check for liner voltage rise in re-
• No load
4,000 rpm. sponse to engine being increased to
about 4,000 rpm)
• Engine: After warming up Idle 4.00 - 10.00 mm3/
TARGET F/INJ • Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 6.00 - 12.00 mm3/
• No load
• Engine: After warming up No load 0.50 - 0.70 msec
• Shift lever:
MAIN INJ WID Blower fan switch: ON
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 0.50 - 0.80 msec
• Idle speed Rear window defogger switch: ON

TARG INJ TIMG • Shift lever: Idle –1.0 - 1.0 °
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 1,600 - 2,000 mA
PUMP CURRENT • Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm 1,500 - 1,900 mA
• No load
GLOW RLY Refer to EC-545, "Component Description".

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A
• When cooling fan is stopped. OFF
COOLING FAN • When cooling fans operate at low speed. LOW
• When cooling fans operate at high speed. HI EC
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 66%
TC V/N CONT/V • Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 40% C
• No load
INT/A VOLUME • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 150 - 450 mg/
D
Altitude
Approx. 0m: Approx. 100.62 kPa
(1.0062 bar, 1.026 kg/cm2, 14.59 psi)
Approx. 1,000 m: Approx. 88.95 kPa E
BARO SEN • Ignition switch: ON (0.8895 bar, 0.907 kg/cm2, 12.90 psi)
Approx. 1,500 m: Approx. 83.16 kPa
(0.8316 bar, 0.848 kg/cm2, 12.06 psi)
F
Approx. 2,000 m: Approx. 78.36 kPa
(0.7836 bar, 0.799 kg/cm2, 11.36 psi)
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 100 kPa
G
2,800 rpm Approx. 140 kPa
INT/M PRES SE • Shift lever:
4,000 rpm Approx. 135 kPa
• No load H
• Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the Almost the same speed as the CON-
VHCL SPEED SE
CONSULT-III value. SULT-III value
CYL COUNT • Engine is running 1→3→4→2 I
The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating.
played.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has 0 - 65,535 km J
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
turned ON. (0 - 40,723 mile)
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON K
OFF
Released
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON L
ON
Pressed
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON M
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Pressed ON N
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 2.5 kPa
DF EX PRES SE • Shift lever:
P or N (A/T), Neutral (M/T) 2,000 rpm Approx. 3.5 kPa O
• No load
E/R AIR TMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 40°C (104°F)
P
FR EX TMP SEN • Engine: After warming up More than 120°C (248°F)
RR EX TMP SEN • Engine: After warming up More than 100°C (212°F)
Models with ASCD YES
ASCD APPLY • Ignition switch: ON
Models without ASCD NO
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0V

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS
A/F SEN1 • Shift lever: Idle Approx. 2200 mV
• No load
ETC OPEN ANGL • Ignition switch: ON 84.0 °
THRTL SEN • Ignition switch: ON 3.35 - 4.55 V
EGR/V ANGLE • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Approx. 0°
EGR V/POS SEN • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 1,050 - 1,350 mV
NOTE:
*: This signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, this differs from ECM terminals voltage.

A
Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the incident resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns EC
to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's com-
plaint often do not recur on (1st/2nd trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of intermittent
incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident
occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may C
not indicate the specific malfunctioning area.
COMMON INTERMITTENT INCIDENTS REPORT SITUATIONS
D
II The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than “0”.
E
III The symptom described by the customer does not recur.
IV (1st/2nd trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure.
VI The Diagnostic Procedure for XXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area. F
G
1.INSPECTION START
Erase (1st/2nd trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-376, "Emission-Related Diagnostic Information".
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS
I
OK or NG
J
OK >> GO TO 3.
3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K
TESTS”.
OK or NG L
M

TBWB1562E
1.INSPECTION START
Start engine.

Is engine running?
Yes or No A
Yes >> GO TO 7.
No >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I EC

2. Check voltage between ECM connector terminal as follows.
C
+ −
Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal D
1
F1 2
E20 107 Battery voltage E
3
E20 114
1 F
F1 2
E20 108 Battery voltage
3
E20 114 G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 4. H
NG >> GO TO 3.
Check the following. I
• 10A fuse
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse J
>> Repair harness or connectors.

4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-I K
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
Refer to EC-428, "Ground Inspection". L
O
JMBIA1098ZZ

P
(control unit)
4. Body ground E61
: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 5.



OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 7.
NG >> GO TO 6.

7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
4. Check voltage between ECM connector terminals as follows.
+ −
Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
F1 2 voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
E20 119
3 drop approximately 0V.
E20 114
1
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
F1 2 voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
E20 120
3 drop approximately 0V.
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 11.
NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 10.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check voltage between ECM connector terminals as follows.
+ −
Voltage
1
F1 2
3
E20 114

+ −
Voltage A
1
F1 2 EC
3
E20 114
OK or NG C
OK >> GO TO 9.
NG >> GO TO 10.
D
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12. E
3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 119 and IPDM E/R terminal 3, ECM terminal 120 and
IPDM E/R terminal 4.
F
G
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 12.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E12. I
J
OK or NG K
OK >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI L
Check voltage between ECM connector terminals as follows.

M
+ –
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal Voltage
1 N
F1 2
3
O
E20 114
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13. P
NG >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK 20A FUSE
2. Check 20A fuse.
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 13.

13.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS-II
2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body.
JMBIA1098ZZ

(control unit)
4. Body ground E61
: Vehicle front
OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 14.

OK or NG
OK >> GO TO 16.
NG >> GO TO 15.

16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to EC-423.
OK or NG
OK >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works.
When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules:

• Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. A
• Clean as required to assure good contact.
EC
C
PBIB1870E H


When ECM is not transmitting or receiving
U1000 (CAN communication line is open or
CAN communication line CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-
1000 shorted)
related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.
(Refer to LAN-13)

2. Check DTC.

EC
MBWA1035E
P

NOTE:
If DTC P0016 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or
P0653. Refer to EC-524.
The correlation between crankshaft position
P0016 Crankshaft position - camshaft • Crankshaft position sensor
sensor signal and camshaft position sensor
0016 position correlation • Timing chain
signal is out of the normal range.
• Signal plate
NOTE:

A
The turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls vacuum sig- EC

nal to the turbocharger boost control actuator. By changing the vari-
able nozzle vane opening through the rods, the intake air volume is
adjusted.
C
MBIB0626E E

OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air F
pressure rises.
• : Vehicle front
G
MBIB1759E

I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause J
(The solenoid valve circuit is open or
P0045 Turbocharger boost control so- An improper voltage is sent to ECM through
shorted.) K
0045 lenoid valve circuit / open turbocharger boost control solenoid valve.
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid
valve
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003288109 L
NOTE:
M
N

MBWA2127E

A
NOTE: EC
C
• Fuel pump
P0088 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the
Fuel rail pressure too high • Fuel injector
0088 specified value.
D
E
NOTE:
F
G

DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
DTC P0089 FUEL PUMP
NOTE:
• Fuel pump
P0089 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the tar- • Air mixed with fuel
Fuel pump performance
0089 get value. • Lack of fuel
NOTE:

A
NOTE: EC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
• Fuel pump
ECM detects a fuel system leak. • Fuel rail
P0093 (The relation between the output voltage to the • Fuel pipe D
Fuel system leak
0093 fuel pump and input voltage from the fuel rail • Fuel rail pressure relief valve
pressure sensor is out of the normal range.) • Air mixed with fuel
• Lack of fuel
E
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel system. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not F
be confirmed.
NOTE:
• Make sure that there is no fire hazard near the vehicle.
• Before performing the following procedure, cool down engine. G
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Open engine hood and check if there are any signs of fuel leakage or not. H
2. Check oil level. I
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room. J
K
Fuel rail pressure: 25 - 35 MPa L

WITH GST
M
N
2. Check oil level.
3. Start engine and check fuel leakage in the engine room. O
4. Select Service $1 mode with GST. P
Fuel rail pressure: 25 - 35 MPa


the heat loss.
PBIA9559J
If DTC P0101 is displayed with DTC P0403, P0409 or P0488, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0403, P0409 or P0488. Refer to EC-487, EC-493 or EC-505.
P0101 Mass air flow sensor circuit Improper voltage from the sensor is sent to • Intake air leaks
0101 range/performance ECM compared with the driving condition. • Air cleaner
• Intake air temperature sensor
CAUTION:
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
CKPS·RPM Approx. 2,800 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE 70 - 100 km/h
Shift lever 4th position
WITH GST
Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above.

EC
MBWA2128E

the heat loss.
PBIA9559J
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0102 low input sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Mass air flow sensor
0103 high input is sent to ECM.
NOTE:

EC
MBWA2128E

The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor
(1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal
to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
PBIA9559J
<Reference data>
Intake air temperature

[°C (°F)]
25 (77) 2.4 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 0.8 0.283 - 0.359
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 74 (Intake
air temperature sensor) and ground.
SEF012P
P0112 Intake air temperature sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor
0112 circuit low input is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
P0113 Intake air temperature sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Intake air temperature sensor
0113 circuit high input is sent to ECM.
NOTE:

EC
MBWA1037E
P

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
SEF594K
<Reference data>

[°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.7 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.8 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.6 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 1.3 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 70 (Engine
SEF012P
P0117 Engine coolant temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0117 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or short-
P0118 Engine coolant temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor ed.)
0118 sensor circuit high input is sent to ECM. • Engine coolant temperature sensor
NOTE:

EC
MBWA2129E


PBIB1741E

MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses.
NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0122 Accelerator pedal position sensor An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors
0122 1 circuit low input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 1 circuit is open or
shorted.)
P0123 Accelerator pedal position sensor An excessively high voltage from the APP • Accelerator pedal position sensor
0123 1 circuit high input sensor 1 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1535E
P

Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1(1) is installed on the downstream of DPF
(Diesel Particulate Filter). A/F sensor 1 measures the oxygen level in
the exhaust gas and converts it into a voltage signal. A/F sensor 1
sends the signal to ECM. Based on the signal from A/F sensor 1
ECM calculates the air fuel mixture ratio. ECM uses the calculated
ratio for the DPF regeneration control.
A heater is integrated in A/F sensor 1 to ensure the required operat-
ing temperature.
PBIB3183E
• The A/F signal computed by ECM from the air
P0130 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 [The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is constantly ap-
0130 circuit is shorted.]
prox. 5V.
NOTE:

EC
TBWB1555E
P

DTC P0131, P0132 A/F SENSOR 1
ing temperature.
PBIB3183E
F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low or high.
P0131 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
0131 circuit low voltage sent to ECM. [The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
P0132 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • An excessively high voltage from the sensor is shorted.]
0132 circuit high voltage is sent to ECM. • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
NOTE:
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 2 seconds
3. If 1t trip DTC is displayed, check possible cause items.

EC
TBWB1555E
P

ing temperature.
PBIB3183E
• The A/F signal computed by ECM from the air
P0134 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 [The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is constantly
0134 circuit no activity detected is open.]
approx. 2.2V.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
1. Start engine and warm it up normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a 10 minutes in the suitable gear position
3. Stop vehicle and let engine idle for 5 seconds.

EC
TBWB1555E
P

DTC P0135 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Engine speed
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
heater control heater
Rear exhaust gas temperature sensor Rear exhaust gas temperature
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Based on intake air temperature, engine coolant temperature and rear exhaust gas temperature, ECM
switches the mode of A/F sensor heater from OFF to ON (or from ON to OFF).
During A/F sensor heater is ON, ECM controls A/F sensor heater with ON/OFF pulse duty signals according to
driving conditions.
OPERATION
Condition Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater

Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) OFF
After the vehicle is driven for 6 minutes under the following conditions.
ON
• Vehicle speed: 80km/h (50MPH)
• Shift lever: Suitable gear position
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
P0135 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is out of the normal range. [The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heat-
0135 heater circuit (An excessively low or high voltage signal is sent er circuit is open or shorted.]
to ECM through the A/F sensor 1 heater) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
CAUTION:
NOTE:
1. Start engine and warm it up normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a 6 minutes in the suitable gear position.

EC
TBWB1556E
P

Fuel pump temperature sensor (1) is built in the fuel pump (2). The
sensor detects the fuel temperature in the fuel pump and calibrates
the fuel injection amount change by fuel temperature.
MBIB1751E
P0182 Fuel pump temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0182 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
P0183 Fuel pump temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Fuel pump temperature sensor
NOTE:

EC
MBWA2133E

The fuel rail pressure (FRP) sensor (1) is placed to the fuel rail. It
measures the fuel pressure in the fuel rail. The sensor sends voltage
signal to the ECM. As the pressure increases, the voltage rises.
The ECM controls the fuel pressure in the fuel rail by the inlet throt-
tling device. The ECM uses the signal from fuel rail pressure sensor
as a feedback signal.
MBIB1754E
NOTE:
P0192 Fuel rail pressure sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0192 circuit low input sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
P0193 Fuel rail temperature sen- An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Fuel rail pressure sensor
0193 sor circuit high input sent to ECM.
NOTE:

EC
MBWA2134E

P0200 Fuel injector power supply ECM detects a voltage of power source for the
• ECM
0200 circuit fuel injector is excessively high or low.
NOTE:

A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E
F
0201 circuit open through No. 1 cylinder fuel injector. G
0202 circuit open through No. 2 cylinder fuel injector. • Harness or connectors
(The fuel injector circuit is open.)
P0203 No. 3 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM • Fuel injector H
0204 circuit open through No. 4 cylinder fuel injector. I
NOTE: J
TESTING CONDITION K
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L

MBWA2135E

DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (WITH ELECTRIC COOLING
A
FAN)
EC
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
NOTE:
If DTC P0217 is displayed with DTC U1000, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to C
EC-430.
Cooling Fan Control
D
Wheel sensor Vehicle speed*
E
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature IPDM E/R
Cooling fan control
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal* (Cooling fan relays)
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure F

*: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. G
MBIB1266E
M
Cooling fan relay N

Cooling fan speed
1 2
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF
O
Low (LOW) ON OFF
High (HI) ON ON
P
Cooling Fan Motor

Cooling fan motor terminals

Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
1 3 and 4
Low (LOW)
2 3 and 4

rise.
indicated.
(The cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• IPDM E/R
• Cooling fan does not operate properly • Cooling fan
(Overheat). • Cooling fan (Crankshaft driven)
• Cooling fan system does not operate • Radiator hose
P0217 Engine over temperature properly (Overheat). • Radiator
0217 (Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the sys- • Radiator cap
tem using the proper filling method. • Reservoir tank
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank cap
range. • Water pump
• Thermostat
For more information, refer to EC-468, "Main
12 Causes of Overheating".
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-28, "Changing Engine
firmed.
WARNING:
WITH CONSULT-III

Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
cause items.
EC
cause items.
C
4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CON-
SULT-III. SEF621W
D
5. If the results are NG, check possible cause items.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. E
the proper range, skip the following steps and check possible F
cause items.
G
cause items.
SEF621W
H
3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PG-18, "Auto Active
Test". I

MBWA2136E

EC
O
MBWA2137E


• Blocked bumper
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir
tank and radiator filler neck
4 • Reservoir tank cap • Pressure tester See CO-43, "Standard and Limit".
ON* 2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks
ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower Both hoses should be hot
radiator hoses
ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT-III Operating
• Cooling fan (Crankshaft driv-

ON*2 7
en)
• Visual Operating
OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative

tester 4 Gas analyzer
• Coolant overflow to reservoir • Visual No overflow during driving and idling
tank
OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from reservoir • Visual Should be initial level in reservoir tank
tank to radiator
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion
(warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston

FAN)
DTC P0217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE (WITHOUT ELECTRIC COOL-
A
ING FAN)
EC
rise. C
indicated.
D
• Cooling fan
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- • Radiator hose
heat). • Radiator E
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly • Radiator cap
P0217 Engine over temperature (Overheat). • Reservoir tank
0217 (Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system • Reservoir tank cap
using the proper filling method. • Water pump F
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Thermostat
range. For more information, refer to EC-470,
G
CAUTION:
Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-35, "Changing Engine Oil". H
I
firmed. J
WARNING:
be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator and/or the reservoir tank. K
1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. L
the proper range, skip the following steps and check possible M
cause items.
cause items. N
SEF621W O

FAN)

• Blocked bumper
4 • Reservoir tank cap • Pressure tester 78 - 117.8 kPa
(0.78 - 1.18 bar, 0.8 - 1.2 kg/cm2,
11 - 17 psi) (Limit)
diator hoses
ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • Visual Operating

4 Gas analyzer
ON*2 9 • Coolant temperature gauge • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driv-
ing
• Coolant overflow to reservoir • Visual No overflow during driving and
tank idling
tank to radiator tank
tortion (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or
piston

A

C
PBIB1741E E

NOTE:
G
H
P0222 Accelerator pedal position An excessively low voltage from the APP • Harness or connectors
0222 sensor 2 circuit low input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (The APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P0223 Accelerator pedal position An excessively high voltage from the APP • Accelerator pedal position sensor
0223 sensor 2 circuit high input sensor 2 is sent to ECM. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) I
J
NOTE:
1. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Check DTC.
L

TBWB1536E

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
A
The load from the turbocharger boost control solenoid valve controls EC
C
MBIB0626E E

OFF pulse from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the charge air F
pressure rises.
• : Vehicle front
G
MBIB1759E

I

MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. J
NOTE:
K
• Turbocharger
L
P0234 Turbocharger overboost ECM detects turbocharger boost pressure • Vacuum pump
0234 condition is excessively high. • Turbocharger boost sensor
• Turbocharger boost control solenoid valve
M
Use this procedure to check the overall function of the turbocharger. During this check, a DTC might not be
confirmed. N
2. Make sure that turbocharger control actuator (1) rod moves
slightly when engine is started. O
• : Vehicle front
P
MBIB1771E

DTC P0234 TC SYSTEM
MBWA2127E

A
The turbocharger boost sensor detects pressure in the exit side of EC

the charge air cooler. The sensor output voltage to the ECM
increases as pressure increases.
C
MBIB0614E E
MBIB0899E
I
NOTE: J
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause K
P0237 Turbocharger boost sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0237 circuit low input sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
P0238 Turbocharger boost sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is • Turbocharger boost sensor
0238 circuit high input sent to ECM.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003288246 M
NOTE:
O
P

TBWB1537E

A
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder EC

olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. C
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing D
revolution.
MBIB1323E E
NOTE: F
G
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not detect
0335 circuit by the ECM when engine is running. H
I
NOTE:
J
If engine could not start, keep ignition switch at START position for 5 seconds.
K

TBWB1538E

A
The crankshaft position (CKP) sensor is located on the cylinder EC

olution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. C
the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing D
revolution.
MBIB1323E E
NOTE: F
G
P0336 Crankshaft position sensor Crankshaft position sensor signal is not in the (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0336 circuit range/performance normal pattern when engine is running. • Crankshaft position sensor H
• Signal plate

I
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. J
2. Check 1st trip DTC. K

TBWB1538E

A
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam- EC
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls C
nals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. D
change.
MBIB1323E E
F
NOTE:
P0653. Refer to EC-524. G
• Harness or connectors H
P0340 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not detect
0340 circuit by the ECM when engine is running.

I
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
K
L

MBWA2141E

A
The camshaft position (CMP) sensor senses the retraction with cam- EC
ative, the camshaft position (CMP) sensor provides various controls C
nals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. D
change.
MBIB1323E E
F
NOTE:
P0653. Refer to EC-524. G
• Harness connectors H
(The sensor circuit is opener shorted.)
P0341 Camshaft position sensor Camshaft position sensor signal is not in the • Camshaft position sensor
0341 circuit range/performance normal pattern when engine is running. • Starter motor
• Starting system circuit I
• Signal plate

J
NOTE:
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L

MBWA2141E

A
EC
An excessively low voltage is sent to ECM
(The glow relay circuit is open or shorted.)
through glow relay. C
P0380 • Glow relay
Glow relay circuit
0380 • Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage is sent to ECM
(The glow relay circuit is shorted.)
through glow relay. D
• Glow relay
E
NOTE:
1. Turn ignition switch ON. F
G

TBWB1563E

DTC P0403 EGR SYSTEM
A
Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed C
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
D
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Ignition switch Start signal EGR volume control
EGR volume control
valve
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation* E
Barometric pressure sensor Barometric pressure
F
EGR volume control valve control position EGR volume control valve control po-
sensor sition
This system controls the flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the G
EGR passage in the EGR volume control valve changes to control the EGR flow rate. A built-in DC motor
moves the valve continuously corresponding to the ECM output signal. The EGR volume control valve control
position sensor detects the valve position and sends the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the cur- H
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals and the ECM controls the DC motor to make the valve open-
ing angle properly.
The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is deter-
I
mined by considering various engine conditions.
The EGR volume control valve remains close under the following conditions.
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting J
• Low engine coolant temperature
• Excessively high engine coolant temperature
• High engine speed K
• Accelerator pedal fully depressed
N
MBIB1779E
EGR Volume Control Valve O

The EGR volume control valve consists of valve, actuator and posi-
tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper-
ated by the actuator according to the output signal of the ECM. The
actuator used DC motor and it opens or closes the valve to change
the EGR flow rate.
The EGR volume control valve control position sensor consists of a
permanent magnet and Hall IC. It senses the valve shaft movement
and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM.The ECM judges the cur-
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the
DC motor to make the valve opening angle in response to driving
conditions.
MBIB1780E
NOTE:
(The EGR volume control valve circuit is
P0403 EGR volume control valve Excessively high duty voltage signal is
open or shorted.)
0403 stuck sent to the valve for the specified time.
• EGR volume control valve stuck closed
• EGR passage clogged
NOTE:
2. Stop engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.

EC
TBWB1540E
P

DTC P0405, P0406 EGR SENSOR
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
EGR volume control
valve
Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*
sensor sition
This system controls the flow rate of EGR led from exhaust manifold to intake manifold. The opening of the
position sensor detects the valve position and sends the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the cur-
ing angle properly.
• Engine stopped
• Engine starting
• High engine speed
MBIB1779E
EGR Volume Control Valve

tion sensor, etc. The valve is installed in EGR passage, and oper- A
the EGR flow rate.
EC
rent opening angle of the valve from this signals, and controls the C
conditions.
MBIB1780E
D
NOTE:
If DTC P0405, P0406 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC E
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
P0405 EGR volume control valve control An excessively low voltage from the • Harness or connectors
0405 position sensor circuit low input sensor is sent to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0406 EGR volume control valve control An excessively high voltage from the • EGR volume control valve control position G
0406 position sensor circuit high input sensor is sent to ECM. sensor

H
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
3. Restart engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. J
K

TBWB1541E

A

D
EGR volume control
valve
F
sensor sition
ing angle properly.
I
• Engine stopped
N
MBIB1779E

the EGR flow rate.
conditions.
MBIB1780E
NOTE:
P0409 EGR volume control valve does not The characteristic of EGR volume control (The EGR volume control valve
0409 operate properly. valve is not in the specified range. circuit is open or shorted.)
NOTE:
WITH CONSULT-III
3. Confirm that engine coolant temperature is more than 81°C (178°F).
WITH GST

EC
TBWB1540E
P

DTC P0427, P0428 FRONT EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Front exhaust gas temperature sensor (2) is installed before DPF

(Diesel Particulate Filter) and senses exhaust gas temperature.
Front exhaust gas temperature sensor uses a thermistor which is
sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the
thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
• : Vehicle front
• Front exhaust gas temperature sensor harness connector (1)
• DPF (3)
MBIB1765E
<Reference data>
Exhaust gas temperature

[°C (°F)]
20 (68) 5.2 242
100 (212) 5.1 33.6
350 (662) 3.5 1.71
500 (992) 2.3 0.673
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 56 (Front
PBIB3164E
exhaust gas temperature sensor) and ground.
P0427 Front exhaust gas temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0428 Front exhaust gas temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Front exhaust gas temperature sensor
NOTE:

EC
TBWB1557E
P

DTC P0437, P0438 REAR EXHAUST GAS TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Rear exhaust gas temperature sensor (1) is installed after DPF (Die-
sel Particulate Filter) and senses exhaust gas temperature. Rear
exhaust gas temperature sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive
to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
• : Vehicle front
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (2)
• DPF (3)
MBIB1766E
<Reference data>
Exhaust gas temperature

[°C (°F)]
20 (68) 5.2 242
100 (212) 5.1 33.6
350 (662) 3.5 1.71
500 (992) 2.3 0.673
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 57 (Rear
PBIB3164E
exhaust gas temperature sensor) and ground.
P0437 Rear exhaust gas temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor
P0438 Rear exhaust gas temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Rear exhaust gas temperature sensor
NOTE:

EC
TBWB1561E
P

DTC P0471 DIFFERENTIAL EXHAUST PRESSURE SENSOR
Differential exhaust pressure sensor (2) is connected to DPF (Diesel

Particulate Filter) with differential pressure sensor tubes (upstream
and downstream). Differential exhaust pressure sensor measures
the difference between the exhaust pressure before and after the
DPF. Differential exhaust pressure sensor converts the difference
into a voltage signal. ECM receives the signal and estimates the
amount of particulate matter in DPF.
• : Vehicle front
• Engine room air temperature sensor (1)
MBIB1768E
PBIB3165E

NOTE:
P0653. Refer to EC-524, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
Differential exhaust pressure The output voltage of the differential exhaust • Harness or connectors
P0471
sensor circuit range/perfor- pressure sensor remains within the specified (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
0471
mance range while engine is running. • Differential exhaust pressure sensor
NOTE:
1. Start engine.
2. Keep the engine speed about 2,000 rpm for 5 seconds.
3. Let engine idle.
4. Perform step 2 and 3 for 3 times.
5. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1560E
P

DTC P0472, P0473 DIFFERENTIAL EXHAUST PRESSURE SENSOR

• : Vehicle front
MBIB1768E
PBIB3165E
NOTE:
P0652 or P0653. Refer to EC-524, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
P0472 Differential exhaust pressure An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0473 Differential exhaust pressure An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Differential exhaust pressure sensor
NOTE:

EC
TBWB1560E
P


• : Vehicle front
MBIB1768E
PBIB3165E

• Differential exhaust pressure sensor
• Differential exhaust pressure sensor
P0478 Differential exhaust pressure Differential exhaust pressure sensor (Up-
tube (Upstream) leaks
0478 sensor (Upstream) stream) malfunction.
• Differential pressure sensor tube in-
stalled incorrectly
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

A

D
EGR volume control
valve
F
sensor sition
ing angle properly.
I
• Engine stopped
N
MBIB1779E

the EGR flow rate.
conditions.
MBIB1780E
NOTE:
The ECM internal circuit for driving the EGR vol- (The EGR volume control valve
P0488 EGR driving circuit does not
ume control valve does not function properly circuit is shorted.)
0488 function properly.
due to high temperature or excessive current. • EGR volume control valve
• ECM
NOTE:

EC
TBWB1542E
P


NOTE:
to EC-430.
to EC-518.
shorted)
(Refer to LAN-13)
P0501 Vehicle speed sensor range/ A change of vehicle speed signal is ex-
(Refer to DI-11)
0501 performance cessively large during specified time.
(Refer to BRC-15)
• Wheel sensor
(Refer to BRC-15)
• ECM
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine.
3. Check DTC.

A
C
NOTE:
to EC-430.
to EC-518. E
shorted)
(Refer to LAN-13)
P0502 Vehicle speed sensor circuit Vehicle speed signal is excessively low
(Refer to DI-11)
0502 low input compared with the driving condition.
(Refer to BRC-15)
• Wheel sensor
H
(Refer to BRC-15)
• ECM
I
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
L
WITH CONSULT-III
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. M
CKPS·RPM (TDC) More than 2,800 rpm N

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140 °F)
Clutch pedal Fully released
O
5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. P
WITH GST


NOTE:
to EC-430.
to EC-518.
shorted)
(Refer to LAN-13)
P0503 Vehicle speed sensor circuit Vehicle speed signal is excessively high
(Refer to DI-11)
0503 high input compared with the driving condition.
(Refer to BRC-15)
• Wheel sensor
(Refer to BRC-15)
• ECM
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION:
1. Start engine.
3. Check DTC.

A
When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) and EC
stop lamp switch (2) are turned ON. ECM detects the state of the
brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
C
MBIB1214E E

G
(The stop lamp switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
• Harness or connectors H
(The ASCD brake switch circuit is open or
shorted.)
• When the vehicle speed is above 5 km/h
P0504
(3 MPH), ON signal from the stop lamp
(The ASCD clutch switch circuit is open or
I
ASCD brake switch switch and OFF signal from the ASCD
0504 shorted.)
brake switch are sent to the ECM at the
• Stop lamp switch
same time.
• ASCD brake switch J
• ASCD clutch switch
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
• Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation K
• ECM

L
CAUTION:
NOTE: M
TESTING CONDITION:
Steps 3 and 4 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a N
WITH CONSULT-III
O
1. Start engine.
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up. P

5. Check DTC.

If DTC is not detected, go to the following step.

the above-mentioned condition.
8. Check DTC.
WITH GST

EC
TBWB1564E
P


• Battery
P0563 An excessively high voltage from the battery is • Battery terminal
Battery voltage high
0563 sent to ECM. • Alternator
• Incorrect jump starting
NOTE:
2. Check DTC.

A
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC
E
MBIB1761E
1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 3. SET/COAST switch F

4. MAIN switch 5. CANCEL switch

G
NOTE: H
Refer to EC-517.
I
P0580 ASCD steering switch circuit • ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch • Harness or connectors
0580 low input is stuck ON. (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) J
P0581 ASCD steering switch circuit • An excessively high voltage signal from the • ASCD steering switch
0581 high input ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • ECM

K
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at L
2. Wait at least 10 seconds. M
onds. N
5. Press SET COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Check DTC. O

MBWA2150E

DTC P0605 ECM
DTC P0605 ECM
A
The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal EC

MBIB0625E E
F
ECM ROM is malfunctioning. • ECM
0605 (ROM) G
NOTE: H
1. Turn ignition switch ON. I
J

DTC P0606 ECM
DTC P0606 ECM

MBIB0625E
ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. • ECM
0606 (Processor)
NOTE:

A
To control the amount of the fuel inhalation of the fuel pump, a plunger is built into the fuel pump. When the EC
C
D
P0628 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel
0628 low input pump is open or short to ground. • Harness or connectors
(The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) E
P0629 Fuel pump control circuit ECM detects a control circuit for the fuel • Fuel pump
0629 high input pump is short to power.
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003288401 F
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. G
H
I

MBWA2151E

DTC P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
DTC P0638 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR FUNCTION
A
Electric throttle control actuator (2) consists of throttle control motor EC

which operates throttle valve, throttle position sensor which detects
the opening angle of throttle valve, etc.
Throttle valve is fully opened when regeneration is not performed.
The valve is closed only to perform regeneration. C
Based on the signal from throttle position sensor, ECM judges
whether or not throttle control actuator operates properly.
• : Vehicle front D
• EGR volume control valve (1)
MBIB1769E E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
P0638 Electric throttle control actuator There is a gap between angle of target and
0638 range/performance phase-control angle.
H
NOTE:
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
2. Start engine and let it idle for 10 seconds. J
3. Check DTC.
K

P0642 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source • Harness or connectors
0642 low for sensor is excessively low. (The APP sensor 1 power supply circuit is
shorted.)
(Crankshaft position sensor circuit is short-
ed.)
(EGR volume control valve control position
P0643 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power source sensor circuit is shorted.)
0643 high for sensor is excessively high. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(Accelerator pedal position sensor 1)
• EGR volume control valve control position
sensor
NOTE:

EC
TBWB1544E
P

P0652 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power • Harness or connectors
0652 low source for sensor is excessively low. (APP sensor 2 power supply circuit is shorted.)
(Camshaft position sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Fuel rail pressure sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Turbocharger boost sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.)
P0653 Sensor power supply circuit ECM detects a voltage of power • Accelerator pedal position sensor
0653 high source for Sensor is excessively high. (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2)
• Throttle position sensor
NOTE:

EC
TBWB1545E
P


MBIB0625E
P0668 ECM internal temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
0668 sensor circuit low input sent to ECM.
• ECM
P0669 ECM internal temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
NOTE:

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
A
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. EC

C
P0686 ECM detects ECM relay is stuck closed even if ig-
ECM relay circuit (The ECM relay circuit is shorted.)
0686 nition switch OFF.
• ECM relay
D
NOTE: E
1. Turn ignition switch ON and then turn OFF.
F
4. Check DTC. G

DTC P0686 ECM RELAY
TBWB1565E

A
The malfunction information related to TCS is transferred through the CAN communication line from ABS EC
actuator and electric unit (control unit) to ECM.
NOTE:
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) but also for ECM after TCS related repair. C
This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
P1211 ECM receives a malfunction information from
TCS control unit (Refer to BRC-15)
1211 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
• TCS related parts F
NOTE: G
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
3. Check DTC.
4. If DTC is detected, check possible cause items. I

This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse
signals are exchanged between ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
NOTE:
to EC-430.
• Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) but also for ECM after TCS related repair.

ECM can not receive the information from shorted.)
P1212
TCS communication line ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) (Refer to LAN-13)
1212
continuously. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
(Refer to BRC-15)
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

A
needs. D
PBIB0465E E

G
The valve built into No. 1 cylinder fuel injector
P1268
No. 1 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck open) when the
1268
injector is not energized.
H
The valve built into No. 2 cylinder fuel injector
P1269
No. 2 cylinder fuel injector is not closed properly (stuck open) when the • Harness or connectors
1269
injector is not energized. (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
The valve built into No. 3 cylinder fuel injector • Fuel injector I
P1270 • Injector adjustment value
1270
The valve built into No. 4 cylinder fuel injector J
P1271
1271

K
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driv- L
ing.
NOTE:
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. M
WITH CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. N
2. Check DTC.
If DTC is not detected, go to next step. O
4. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 60 seconds.
CKPS·RPM 700 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained)

P
COOLAN TEMP/S Less than 75°C (167°F)

5. Check DTC.

WITH GST
MBWA2135E

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
A
When the fuel pressure in fuel rail (2) increases to excessively high, EC
fuel pressure relief valve (1) opens to carry excess fuel to the return
hose.
• : Vehicle front
C
MBIB1752E E
NOTE: F
G
(Fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
Fuel rail pressure relief valve is open be- H
P1272 Fuel rail pressure relief • Fuel pump
cause of fuel pressure control system mal-
1272 valve open • Fuel rail pressure sensor
function.
• Lack of fuel
I
NOTE: J
1. Start engine and keep engine speed more than 4,000 rpm for at least 5 seconds, then release the acceler- K
ator pedal.
3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, check possible cause items. L

DTC P1272 FUEL PUMP
MBWA2151E

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
A
amount of the fuel inhalation of fuel pump increases, the fuel raises the fuel exhalation pressure. As a result,
C
NOTE:
• If DTC P1273 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or D
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
(The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.)
P1273 ECM detects the abnormal pulse of fuel • Fuel pump F
Fuel pump insufficient flow
1273 pressure. • Injector adjustment value
• Lack of fuel
G
NOTE:
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 10 seconds. I
J

DTC P1273 FUEL PUMP
MBWA2151E

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
A
C

NOTE: D
E
P1274 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) F
Fuel pump protection
1274 target value. • Fuel pump
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003288462 G
NOTE:
1. Tuning ignition switch ON.
2. Start engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. I
3. Check DTC.
J

DTC P1274 FUEL PUMP
MBWA2151E

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
A
the fuel injection pressure is raised. When the load of the engine increases, the ECM sends a signal to fuel
C

NOTE: D
E
P1275 Fuel pressure is too much higher than the (The fuel pump circuit is open or shorted.) F
Fuel pump exchange
1275 target value. • Fuel pump
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003288470 G
NOTE:
2. Keep engine speed more than 2,000 rpm for at least 60 seconds. I
3. Check DTC.
J

DTC P1275 FUEL PUMP
MBWA2151E

DTC P1472, P1473 ENGINE ROOM AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
A
Engine room air temperature sensor detects ambient temperature EC

around differential exhaust pressure sensor. Engine room air tem-
perature sensor converts the temperature in to a voltage signal and
sends the signal to ECM. Based on the signal, ECM compensate for
the characteristic of differential exhaust pressure sensor which C
changes with the temperature.
Engine room air temperature sensor uses a thermistor which is sen-
sitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the ther- D
mistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
SEF594K E
<Reference data>
F
Engine room air temperature
[°C (°F)]
−10 (14) 4.7 7.0 - 11.4 G
20 (68) 3.8 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.6 0.68 - 1.00
H
90 (194) 1.3 0.236 - 0.260
*: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 79 (Engine
SEF012P
room air temperature sensor) and ground.
I
J
P1472 Engine room air temperature An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) K
P1473 Engine room air temperature An excessively high voltage from the sensor • Engine room air temperature sensor
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003816850 L
NOTE:
2. Wait at least 5 seconds. N
O

TBWB1559E

A
Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injec- EC
ing two values.
• The injector adjustment value stored in ECM C
PBIB3150E
G

H
I
• Injector adjustment value
P1622 Injector adjustment value (Injector adjustment value has not
Injector adjustment value is not stored in ECM. J
1622 data uninput been written onto ECM memory yet,
or the value has been initialized.)
DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000003288485 K
NOTE:
L
M
3. Check DTC.
N

Injector adjustment value indicates manufacturing tolerance and the value is printed on the top of fuel injector.
The injector adjustment value which is correctly stored in ECM is needed for precise fuel injection control.
ing two values.
PBIB3150E

• CONSULT-III communication status
(The status of CONSULT-III communica-
P1623 Injector adjustment value ECM detects the abnormal value of injector
tion becomes improper during Injector Ad-
1623 data error adjustment value.
justment Value Registration.)
• ECM
NOTE:
This DTC is not detected when injector adjustment value (not correct but existent) is stored in ECM.
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.

DTC P2002 DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER)
A
EC
PBIB3160E
I
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) is placed after oxidation catalyst and traps PM (Particulate Matter) in exhaust
gas. DPF is formed in a honeycomb form made of ceramic. This structure facilitates to trap particulate matter. J
When the amount of particulate matter in the DPF reaches the specified level, the particulate matter needs to
be reduced through burning to maintain the DPF function. This reducing of particulate matter is called Regen-
eration and should be performed periodically. DPF can be effective for a long time through the cycle of trap- K
ping particulate matter and regeneration.
L
NOTE:
M
If DTC P2002 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
N
• Differential exhaust pressure exceeds a
• DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter)
P2002 Diesel particulate filter (DPF) standard level for more than 10 seconds.
• Front exhaust gas temperature sensor
2002 efficiency below threshold • Exhaust gas temperature does not raise
• Rear exhaust gas temperature sensor
during DPF regeneration. O
FAIL-SAFE MODE
When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe.
P
Particulate matter over accumulation Engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm due to the fuel cut.
NOTE:

3. Check DTC.

A
Throttle control motor is operated by ECM and it opens and closed EC

throttle valve. Throttle valve is fully opened when regeneration is not
performed. The valve is closed only to perform regeneration.
whether throttle control actuator (2) operates throttle valve properly C
or not.
• : Vehicle front
• EGR volume control valve (1) D
MBIB1769E E
F
P2118 Throttle control motor circuit The signal voltage transmitted from the (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) G
2118 range/ performance ECM to sensor is higher. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)

H
NOTE:
2. Wait at least 1 second. J
K

MBWA2156E

A
Electric throttle control actuator (2) consists of throttle control motor EC

which operates throttle valve, throttle position sensor which detects
the opening angle of throttle valve, etc.
The valve is closed only to perform regeneration. C
whether or not throttle control actuator operates properly.
• : Vehicle front D
• EGR volume control valve (1)
MBIB1769E E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator Electric throttle control actuator does not function
2119 range/performance properly due to the return spring malfunction.
H
NOTE:
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. J
3. Check DTC.
K


PBIB1741E

NOTE:
• If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0642 or P0643, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0642 or
• If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0652 or P0653, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0652 or
The correlation between APP sensor 1 (The APP sensor circuit is open or
P2135 Accelerator pedal position sensor
signal and APP sensor 2 signal is out of shorted.)
2135 1, 2 signal correlation
the normal range. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 and 2)
NOTE:
3. Depress accelerator pedal slowly spending 5 seconds, and then release it slowly spending 5 seconds.
4. Check DTC.

EC
TBWB1547E
P

needs.
PBIB0465E
P2146 No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM
2146 power supply circuit open through No. 1 and 4 cylinder fuel injector. • Harness or connectors
P2149 No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM (The fuel injector circuit is open.)
2149 power supply circuit open through No. 2 and 3 cylinder fuel injector.
NOTE:
TESTING CONDITION

EC
P
MBWA2158E

needs.
PBIB0465E
P2147 Fuel injector circuit low in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to
2147 put ground. • Harness or connectors
P2148 Fuel injector circuit high in- ECM detects the fuel injector circuit is shorted to (The fuel injector circuit is shorted.)
2148 put power.
NOTE:

EC
P
MBWA2135E

The barometric pressure sensor is built into ECM. The sensor

detects ambient barometric pressure and sends the voltage signal to
the microcomputer.
MBIB0625E
P2228 Barometric pressure sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the barometric
2228 low input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
• ECM
P2229 Barometric pressure sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the barometric
2229 high input pressure sensor (built-into ECM) is sent to ECM.
NOTE:

A
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1(1) is installed on the downstream of DPF EC
ECM calculates the air fuel mixture ratio. ECM uses the calculated C
ing temperature. D
PBIB3183E E
NOTE: F
to EC-438, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
G
P2228, P2229. Refer to EC-556, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
• If DTC P2297 is displayed with DTC P1268, P1269, P1270, P1271, first perform the trouble diagnosis
for DTC P1268, P1269, P1270, P1271. Refer to EC-531, "On Board Diagnosis Logic".
H
• The A/F signal computed by ECM from the
air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is less than
• Front exhaust gas temperature sensor I
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor • Rear exhaust gas temperature sensor
P2297 3.7V.
1 out of range during de- • A/F sensor learning value
2297 • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the
celeration (The value is out of the specified range.)
air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal is more J
• Exhaust tube is connected incorrectly or
than 4.4V.
clogged.

K
CAUTION:
NOTE: L
1. Start engine and warm it up normal operating temperature. M
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a 6 minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Stop vehicle and let engine idle for 5 seconds.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. N

Electric throttle control actuator consists of the following two compo-

nents, throttle control motor with gear which operates throttle valve,
throttle position sensor which detects throttle position sensor.
The valve is closed only to perform regeneration.
Throttle position sensor detects the opening angle of throttle valve
and converts the angle into a voltage signal. Based on the signal,
ECM judges whether throttle control actuator operates throttle valve
properly or not.
PBIB3184E
NOTE:
P2621 Throttle position sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sen-
2621 low input sor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
(The TP sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P2622 Throttle position sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the • Throttle position sensor
2622 high input sensor is sent to ECM.
NOTE:
2. Wait at least 1 second.

EC
TBWB1548E
P

GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
GLOW CONTROL SYSTEM
TBWB1549E

A
EC
P
MBWA2161E

TBWB1550E

BRAKE SWITCH
BRAKE SWITCH
A
EC
P
TBWB1566E

PNP SWITCH
PNP SWITCH
TBWB1567E

START SIGNAL
START SIGNAL
A
EC
P
MBWA2165E

ASCD INDICATOR
ASCD INDICATOR
MBWA2166E

DPF (DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER)
A
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION EC
I
PBIB3160E
J
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) is placed after the oxidation catalyst and traps PM (Particulate Matter) in
exhaust gas. DPF is formed in a honeycomb form made of ceramic. This structure facilitates to trap particulate
matter.
When the amount of particulate matter in the DPF reaches the specified level, the particulate matter needs to K
be reduced through burning to maintain the DPF function. This reducing of particulate matter is called Regen-
eration and should be performed periodically. DPF can be effective for a long time through the cycle of trap-
ping particulate matter and regeneration. L

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
MBIB1782E

Crankshaft position sensor Engine speed
Camshaft position sensor Piston position
• Fuel injector
Regeneration
Combination meter Vehicle speed* • Electric throttle control
control
actuator
Differential pressure sensor Differential pressure
A/F sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Front exhaust gas temperature sensor Front exhaust gas temperature
Rear exhaust gas temperature sensor Rear exhaust gas temperature
NOTE:
In addition to the controls described above, ECM performs fuel injection control and EGR volume control for the regeneration.
ECM estimates the amount of particulate matter in DPF based on the mileage and the differential exhaust
pressure. ECM automatically performs regeneration when the amount of particulate matter in DPF reaches
the specified level. When performing regeneration, ECM raise the exhaust gas temperature to activate Oxida-
tion Catalyst. ECM performs the followings to raise exhaust gas temperature.
• Closing throttle valve to reduce intake air volume
• Retarding fuel injection timing
• Injecting additional fuel into combustion chamber during exhaust stroke (post injection)
• Performing EGR control
When exhaust gas temperature reaches the specified value, oxidation catalyst is activated. The trapped par-
ticulate matter is burned through a catalytic reaction using exhaust gas heat at 600 °C.
During regeneration ECM performs a feedback control to keep emission levels low and burn particulate matter
safely and efficiently. This feedback control is performed based on the air fuel mixture ratio and the exhaust
gas temperature.

When performing regeneration, ECM raise the exhaust gas tempera-
ture to activate Oxidation Catalyst. If the vehicle is driven in the driv- A
ing pattern in which the exhaust gas temperature can not be raised,
DPF warning light as shown in the figure lights up. DPF warning light
is located on combination meter.
EC
When DPF warning light lights up, drive the vehicle under any of the
following condition to complete regeneration.
• The vehicle is driven continuously at 80km/h for 30 minutes*
• The vehicle is driven continuously 15km or more without being C
caught in traffic jam
If the vehicle is driven in the driving pattern in which the exhaust gas
PBIB3166E
temperature can not be raised after DPF warning light lights up, D
ECM performs the following to protect DPF.
• ECM enters fail-safe mode and limits engine speed to 2,000 rpm with fuel cut.
• ECM stores DTC P2002 in the memory.
To recover from the condition described above, perform “Service Regeneration” with CONSULT-III to reduce E
the particulate matter through burning. Refer to EC-374, "Service Regeneration".
*: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving.
F
DPF
1. Check DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) for damage. If NG, go to 7. G
2. Perform “Service Regeneration”. Refer to EC-374, "Service Regeneration".
4. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. H
6. Check “DF EX PRES SE” signal under the following conditions.
I
Condition DF EX PRES SE [kPa]
• CKPS·RPM: 2000rpm
• FR EX TMP SEN: 150 - 200°C (302 - 392°F) Less than 6.7 J
• RR EX TMP SEN: 150 - 200°C (302 - 392°F)
7. If NG, replace DPF.
8. Perform “DPF Data Clear”. Refer to EC-374, "DPF Data Clear". K
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005167957
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) L

Refer to EM-135, "Removal and Installation".

TBWB1568E

A
General Specification INFOID:0000000003288599
EC
A/T No load* (in P or N position)
Target idle speed 750±25 rpm
M/T No load* (in Neutral position)
A/T In P or N position 750 rpm or more C
Air conditioner: ON
M/T In Neutral position 800 rpm or more
Maximum engine speed 4,900 rpm
D
*: Under the following conditions:
• Heat up switch: OFF
E
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000003288600 F

G
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4V
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.3 - 1.8V*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load. H
I
25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
J
80 (176) 0.283 - 0.359

K

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 L
50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
M
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000003288604
N
Supply voltage Approximately 5V
Idle (Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature.) 1.7 - 2.0V
2,000 rpm (Engine is warmed up to normal operating tempera- O
2.0 - 2.3V
ture.)

P
Glow Plug INFOID:0000000003288608
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.8Ω

Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000003288613
Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Approximately 0.3 - 100Ω

Wiring Digram

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Wiring Digram

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

Revision: 2009 March EC-1 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-2 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-3 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-4 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-5 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-6 D40

PREPARATION ............................................... 367 L

Revision: 2009 March EC-7 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-8 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-9 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-10 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-11 D40

DTC*1 Items MIL lighting

U1001 1001*3 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 2 — EC-88

Revision: 2009 March EC-12 D40

DTC*1 Items MIL lighting

Revision: 2009 March EC-13 D40

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

Revision: 2009 March EC-14 D40

• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten it securely

• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

Revision: 2009 March EC-15 D40

• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow

• Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.

Revision: 2009 March EC-16 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-17 D40

EG17680000 Measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester

Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000003332212

Tool name Description

Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant tempera-

Revision: 2009 March EC-18 D40

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

Revision: 2009 March EC-19 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-20 D40

Emission-related diagnostic information

1st trip Freeze Frame

Emission-related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000003249081

Revision: 2009 March EC-21 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-22 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-23 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-24 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-25 D40

2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa

Revision: 2009 March EC-26 D40

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. H

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005166786

Revision: 2009 March EC-27 D40

Revision: 2009 March EC-28 D40

M/T models: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

Revision: 2009 March EC-29 D40

M/T models: 625 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position)

Revision: 2009 March EC-30 D40

11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

M/T models: 15 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position)

16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Revision: 2009 March EC-31 D40

2. Check ignition timing.

Revision: 2009 March EC-32 D40